Commit Graph

2515 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Tom Lane bdf46af748 Post-feature-freeze pgindent run.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 14:47:16 -04:00
Tom Lane dd4cc9d706 Fix duplicate_oids and unused_oids so user needn't cd to catalog dir.
Previously, you had to cd into src/include/catalog before running either
of these scripts.  That's a bit tedious, so let's make the scripts do it
for you.

In passing, improve the initial comments in both scripts.  Also remove
unused_oids' code to complain about duplicate oids.  That was added in
yesterday's commit 5602265f7, but on second thought we shouldn't be
randomly redefining the script's behavior that way.

John Naylor and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37D774E4-FE1F-437E-B3D2-593F314B7505@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-26 11:20:01 -04:00
Tom Lane 5602265f77 Convert unused_oids and duplicate_oids to use Catalog.pm infrastructure.
unused_oids was previously a shell script, which of course didn't work at
all on Windows.  Also, commit 372728b0d introduced some other portability
problems, as complained of by Stas Kelvich.  We can improve matters by
converting it to Perl.

While we're at it, let's future-proof both this script and duplicate_oids
to use Catalog.pm rather than having a bunch of ad-hoc logic for parsing
catalog headers and .dat files.  These scripts are thereby a bit slower,
which doesn't seem like a problem for typical manual use.  It is a little
annoying for buildfarm purposes, but we should be able to fix that case
by having genbki.pl make the check instead of parsing the headers twice.
(That's not done in this commit, though.)

Stas Kelvich, adjusted a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37D774E4-FE1F-437E-B3D2-593F314B7505@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-25 16:01:58 -04:00
Tom Lane 1eb3a09e93 Make Catalog.pm's representation of toast and index decls more abstract.
Instead of immediately constructing the string we need to emit into the
.BKI file, preserve the items we extracted from the header file in a hash.
This eases using the info for other purposes.

John Naylor (with cosmetic adjustments by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37D774E4-FE1F-437E-B3D2-593F314B7505@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-25 16:01:58 -04:00
Tom Lane f04d4ac919 Reindent Perl files with perltidy version 20170521.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEzK3cNiHZQ18f5tK0guoT+cN_jWeVzhYYxY=r+1Q3SmoA@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-25 14:00:19 -04:00
Tom Lane 68c23cba34 Improve consistency of comments in system catalog headers.
Use the term "system catalog" rather than "system relation" in assorted
places where it's clearly referring to a table rather than, say, an
index.  Use more natural word order in the header boilerplate, improve
some of the one-liner catalog descriptions, and fix assorted random
deviations from the normal boilerplate.  All purely neatnik-ism, but
why not.

John Naylor, some additional cleanup by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGUeJmFB3h-NJ18P32NPa+kzC165nm7GSoGHfPaN80Wxcw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-19 17:14:09 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev ff4943042f Fix datatype for number of heap tuples during last cleanup
It appears that new fields introduced in 857f9c36 have inconsistent datatypes:
BTMetaPageData.btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples is of float4 type,
while xl_btree_metadata.last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples is of double type.
IndexVacuumInfo.num_heap_tuples, which is a source of values for
both former fields is of double type.  So, make both those fields in
BTMetaPageData and xl_btree_metadata use float8 type in order to match the
precision of the source.  That shouldn't be double type, because we always
use types with explicit width in WAL.

Patch introduces incompatibility of on-disk format since 857f9c36 commit, but
that versions never was released, so just bump catalog version to avoid
possible confusion.

Author: Alexander Korortkov
2018-04-19 11:28:03 +03:00
Tom Lane 55d26ff638 Rationalize handling of single and double quotes in bootstrap data.
Change things around so that proper quoting of values interpolated into
the BKI data by initdb is the responsibility of initdb, not something
we half-heartedly handle by putting double quotes into the raw BKI data.
(Note: experimentation shows that it still doesn't work to put a double
quote into the initial superuser username, but that's the fault of
inadequate quoting while interpolating the name into SQL scripts;
the BKI aspect of it works fine now.)

Having done that, we can remove the special-case handling of values
that look like "something" from genbki.pl, and instead teach it to
escape double --- and single --- quotes properly.  This removes the
nowhere-documented need to treat those specially in the BKI source
data; whatever you write will be passed through unchanged into the
inserted data value, modulo Perl's rules about single-quoted strings.

Add documentation explaining the (pre-existing) handling of backslashes
in the BKI data.

Per an earlier discussion with John Naylor.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGUNao=-Q2-vAN3PYcdF5tnL5JAHwGwzZGuYHtq+Mk_9ng@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-17 19:53:50 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera da6f3e45dd Reorganize partitioning code
There's been a massive addition of partitioning code in PostgreSQL 11,
with little oversight on its placement, resulting in a
catalog/partition.c with poorly defined boundaries and responsibilities.
This commit tries to set a couple of distinct modules to separate things
a little bit.  There are no code changes here, only code movement.

There are three new files:
  src/backend/utils/cache/partcache.c
  src/include/partitioning/partdefs.h
  src/include/utils/partcache.h

The previous arrangement of #including catalog/partition.h almost
everywhere is no more.

Authors: Amit Langote and Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98e8d509-790a-128c-be7f-e48a5b2d8d97@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/11aa0c50-316b-18bb-722d-c23814f39059@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/143ed9a4-6038-76d4-9a55-502035815e68@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/20180413193503.nynq7bnmgh6vs5vm@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-14 21:12:14 -03:00
Tom Lane 2cdf359fc4 Make reformat_dat_file.pl preserve all blank lines.
In its original form, reformat_dat_file.pl smashed consecutive blank
lines to a single blank line, which was helpful for mopping up excess
whitespace during the bootstrap data format conversion.  But going
forward, there seems little reason to do that; if developers want to
put in multiple blank lines, let 'em.  This makes it conform to the
documentation I (tgl) wrote, too.

In passing, clean up some sloppy markup choices in bki.sgml.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28827.1523039259@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-09 14:58:39 -04:00
Tom Lane af1a949109 Further cleanup of client dependencies on src/include/catalog headers.
In commit 9c0a0de4c, I'd failed to notice that catalog/catalog.h
should also be considered a frontend-unsafe header, because it includes
(and needs) the full form of pg_class.h, not to mention relcache.h.
However, various frontend code was depending on it to get
TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY, so refactoring of some sort is called for.

The cleanest answer seems to be to move TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY,
as well as the OIDCHARS symbol, to common/relpath.h.  Do that, and mop up
inclusions as necessary.  (I found that quite a few current users of
catalog/catalog.h don't seem to need it at all anymore, apparently as a
result of the refactorings that created common/relpath.[hc].  And
initdb.c needed it only as a route to pg_class_d.h.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6629.1523294509@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-09 14:39:58 -04:00
Magnus Hagander f5543d47bc catversion bump for online-checksums revert
Lack thereof pointed out by Tom Lane.
2018-04-09 19:26:58 +02:00
Magnus Hagander a228cc13ae Revert "Allow on-line enabling and disabling of data checksums"
This reverts the backend sides of commit 1fde38beaa.
I have, at least for now, left the pg_verify_checksums tool in place, as
this tool can be very valuable without the rest of the patch as well,
and since it's a read-only tool that only runs when the cluster is down
it should be a lot safer.
2018-04-09 19:03:42 +02:00
Tom Lane 4f85f66469 Cosmetic cleanups in initial catalog data.
Write ',' and ';' for typdelim values instead of the obscurantist
ASCII octal equivalents.  Not sure why anybody ever thought the
latter were better; maybe it had something to do with lack of
a better quoting convention, twenty-plus years ago?

Reassign a couple of high-numbered OIDs that were left in during
yesterday's mad rush to commit stuff of uncertain internal
temperature.

The latter requires a catversion bump, though the former wouldn't
since the end-result catalog data is unchanged.
2018-04-08 15:55:49 -04:00
Tom Lane cefa387153 Merge catalog/pg_foo_fn.h headers back into pg_foo.h headers.
Traditionally, include/catalog/pg_foo.h contains extern declarations
for functions in backend/catalog/pg_foo.c, in addition to its function
as the authoritative definition of the pg_foo catalog's rowtype.
In some cases, we'd been forced to split out those extern declarations
into separate pg_foo_fn.h headers so that the catalog definitions
could be #include'd by frontend code.  That problem is gone as of
commit 9c0a0de4c, so let's undo the splits to make things less
confusing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23690.1523031777@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-08 14:35:29 -04:00
Tom Lane 372728b0d4 Replace our traditional initial-catalog-data format with a better design.
Historically, the initial catalog data to be installed during bootstrap
has been written in DATA() lines in the catalog header files.  This had
lots of disadvantages: the format was badly underdocumented, it was
very difficult to edit the data in any mechanized way, and due to the
lack of any abstraction the data was verbose, hard to read/understand,
and easy to get wrong.

Hence, move this data into separate ".dat" files and represent it in a way
that can easily be read and rewritten by Perl scripts.  The new format is
essentially "key => value" for each column; while it's a bit repetitive,
explicit labeling of each value makes the data far more readable and less
error-prone.  Provide a way to abbreviate entries by omitting field values
that match a specified default value for their column.  This allows removal
of a large amount of repetitive boilerplate and also lowers the barrier to
adding new columns.

Also teach genbki.pl how to translate symbolic OID references into
numeric OIDs for more cases than just "regproc"-like pg_proc references.
It can now do that for regprocedure-like references (thus solving the
problem that regproc is ambiguous for overloaded functions), operators,
types, opfamilies, opclasses, and access methods.  Use this to turn
nearly all OID cross-references in the initial data into symbolic form.
This represents a very large step forward in readability and error
resistance of the initial catalog data.  It should also reduce the
difficulty of renumbering OID assignments in uncommitted patches.

Also, solve the longstanding problem that frontend code that would like to
use OID macros and other information from the catalog headers often had
difficulty with backend-only code in the headers.  To do this, arrange for
all generated macros, plus such other declarations as we deem fit, to be
placed in "derived" header files that are safe for frontend inclusion.
(Once clients migrate to using these pg_*_d.h headers, it will be possible
to get rid of the pg_*_fn.h headers, which only exist to quarantine code
away from clients.  That is left for follow-on patches, however.)

The now-automatically-generated macros include the Anum_xxx and Natts_xxx
constants that we used to have to update by hand when adding or removing
catalog columns.

Replace the former manual method of generating OID macros for pg_type
entries with an automatic method, ensuring that all built-in types have
OID macros.  (But note that this patch does not change the way that
OID macros for pg_proc entries are built and used.  It's not clear that
making that match the other catalogs would be worth extra code churn.)

Add SGML documentation explaining what the new data format is and how to
work with it.

Despite being a very large change in the catalog headers, there is no
catversion bump here, because postgres.bki and related output files
haven't changed at all.

John Naylor, based on ideas from various people; review and minor
additional coding by me; previous review by Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWO48JbbwXkJz_yBFyGYW-M9YWxnPdxJBUosDC9ou_F0Q@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-08 13:17:27 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev 8224de4f42 Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition.  This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index.  The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans.  Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes.  Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.

Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine.  For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.

In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys).  Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes.  This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid.  Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that.  This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.

Bump catalog version

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
			 David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 23:00:39 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev 1c1791e000 Add json(b)_to_tsvector function
Jsonb has a complex nature so there isn't best-for-everything way to convert it
to tsvector for full text search. Current to_tsvector(json(b)) suggests to
convert only string values, but it's possible to index keys, numerics and even
booleans value. To solve that json(b)_to_tsvector has a second required
argument contained a list of desired types of json fields. Second argument is
a jsonb scalar or array right now with possibility to add new options in a
future.

Bump catalog version

Author: Dmitry Dolgov with some editorization by me
Reviewed by: Teodor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+q6zcXJQbS1b4kJ_HeAOoOc=unfnOrUEL=KGgE32QKDww7d8g@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-07 20:58:03 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 039eb6e92f Logical replication support for TRUNCATE
Update the built-in logical replication system to make use of the
previously added logical decoding for TRUNCATE support.  Add the
required truncate callback to pgoutput and a new logical replication
protocol message.

Publications get a new attribute to determine whether to replicate
truncate actions.  When updating a publication via pg_dump from an older
version, this is not set, thus preserving the previous behavior.

Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Marco Nenciarini <marco.nenciarini@2ndquadrant.it>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-04-07 11:34:11 -04:00
Tom Lane cb1ff1e5af Remove some unnecessary quote marks from catalog DATA lines.
This has no functional impact whatsoever.  However, it causes
these unnecessary quote marks to disappear from the generated
postgres.bki file, making it easier to verify that the upcoming
bootstrap data conversion patch doesn't change the generated file.
2018-04-06 18:58:38 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 9fdb675fc5 Faster partition pruning
Add a new module backend/partitioning/partprune.c, implementing a more
sophisticated algorithm for partition pruning.  The new module uses each
partition's "boundinfo" for pruning instead of constraint exclusion,
based on an idea proposed by Robert Haas of a "pruning program": a list
of steps generated from the query quals which are run iteratively to
obtain a list of partitions that must be scanned in order to satisfy
those quals.

At present, this targets planner-time partition pruning, but there exist
further patches to apply partition pruning at execution time as well.

This commit also moves some definitions from include/catalog/partition.h
to a new file include/partitioning/partbounds.h, in an attempt to
rationalize partitioning related code.

Authors: Amit Langote, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar
Reviewers: Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Ashutosh Bapat, Jesper Pedersen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-04-06 16:44:05 -03:00
Stephen Frost 11523e860f Support new default roles with adminpack
This provides a newer version of adminpack which works with the newly
added default roles to support GRANT'ing to non-superusers access to
read and write files, along with related functions (unlinking files,
getting file length, renaming/removing files, scanning the log file
directory) which are supported through adminpack.

Note that new versions of the functions are required because an
environment might have an updated version of the library but still have
the old adminpack 1.0 catalog definitions (where EXECUTE is GRANT'd to
PUBLIC for the functions).

This patch also removes the long-deprecated alternative names for
functions that adminpack used to include and which are now included in
the backend, in adminpack v1.1.  Applications using the deprecated names
should be updated to use the backend functions instead.  Existing
installations which continue to use adminpack v1.0 should continue to
function until/unless adminpack is upgraded.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-04-06 14:47:10 -04:00
Stephen Frost 0fdc8495bf Add default roles for file/program access
This patch adds new default roles named 'pg_read_server_files',
'pg_write_server_files', 'pg_execute_server_program' which
allow an administrator to GRANT to a non-superuser role the ability to
access server-side files or run programs through PostgreSQL (as the user
the database is running as).  Having one of these roles allows a
non-superuser to use server-side COPY to read, write, or with a program,
and to use file_fdw (if installed by a superuser and GRANT'd USAGE on
it) to read from files or run a program.

The existing misc file functions are also changed to allow a user with
the 'pg_read_server_files' default role to read any files on the
filesystem, matching the privileges given to that role through COPY and
file_fdw from above.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-04-06 14:47:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut bcf79b5bb6 Split the SetSubscriptionRelState function into two
We don't actually need the insert-or-update logic, so it's clearer to
have separate functions for the inserting and updating.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
2018-04-06 10:00:26 -04:00
Magnus Hagander 1fde38beaa Allow on-line enabling and disabling of data checksums
This makes it possible to turn checksums on in a live cluster, without
the previous need for dump/reload or logical replication (and to turn it
off).

Enabling checkusm starts a background process in the form of a
launcher/worker combination that goes through the entire database and
recalculates checksums on each and every page. Only when all pages have
been checksummed are they fully enabled in the cluster. Any failure of
the process will revert to checksums off and the process has to be
started.

This adds a new WAL record that indicates the state of checksums, so
the process works across replicated clusters.

Authors: Magnus Hagander and Daniel Gustafsson
Review: Tomas Vondra, Michael Banck, Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
2018-04-05 22:04:48 +02:00
Teodor Sigaev 1664ae1978 Add websearch_to_tsquery
Error-tolerant conversion function with web-like syntax for search query,
it simplifies  constraining search engine with close to habitual interface for
users.

Bump catalog version

Authors: Victor Drobny, Dmitry Ivanov with editorization by me
Reviewed by: Aleksander Alekseev, Tomas Vondra, Thomas Munro, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fe931111ff7e9ad79196486ada79e268@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-05 19:55:11 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 3de241dba8 Foreign keys on partitioned tables
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231194359.cvojcour423ulha4@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2018-04-04 14:02:49 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev 710d90da1f Add prefix operator for TEXT type.
The prefix operator along with SP-GiST indexes can be used as an alternative
for LIKE 'word%' commands  and it doesn't have a limitation of string/prefix
length as B-Tree has.

Bump catalog version

Author: Ildus Kurbangaliev with some editorization by me
Review by: Arthur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, and me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180202180327.222b04b3@wp.localdomain
2018-04-03 19:46:45 +03:00
Andres Freund 3e256e5506 Add SKIP_LOCKED option to RangeVarGetRelidExtended().
This will be used for VACUUM (SKIP LOCKED).

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180306005349.b65whmvj7z6hbe2y@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-30 17:05:16 -07:00
Andres Freund d87510a524 Combine options for RangeVarGetRelidExtended() into a flags argument.
A followup patch will add a SKIP_LOCKED option. To avoid introducing
evermore arguments, breaking existing callers each time, introduce a
flags argument. This'll no doubt break a few external users...

Also change the MISSING_OK behaviour so a DEBUG1 debug message is
emitted when a relation is not found.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180306005349.b65whmvj7z6hbe2y@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-30 17:05:16 -07:00
Fujii Masao 9a895462d9 Enhance pg_stat_wal_receiver view to display host and port of sender server.
Previously there was no way in the standby side to find out the host and port
of the sender server that the walreceiver was currently connected to when
multiple hosts and ports were specified in primary_conninfo. For that purpose,
this patch adds sender_host and sender_port columns into pg_stat_wal_receiver
view. They report the host and port that the active replication connection
currently uses.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier and me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGcV_aq8=cdqkFhVDJKEnDQ70yRTTdY9RODzMnXNrCz2Ow@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-31 07:51:22 +09:00
Tom Lane 11002f8afa Fix bogus provolatile/proparallel markings on a few built-in functions.
Richard Yen reported that pg_upgrade failed if the target cluster had
force_parallel_mode = on, because binary_upgrade_create_empty_extension()
is marked parallel restricted, allowing it to be executed in parallel
mode, which complains because it tries to acquire an XID.

In general, no function that might try to modify database data should
be considered parallel safe or restricted, since execution of it might
force XID acquisition.  We found several other examples of this mistake.

Furthermore, functions that execute user-supplied SQL queries or query
fragments, or pull data from user-supplied cursors, had better be marked
both volatile and parallel unsafe, because we don't know what the supplied
query or cursor might try to do.  There were several tsquery and XML
functions that had the wrong proparallel marking for this, and some of
them were even mislabeled as to volatility.

All these bugs are old, dating back to 9.6 for the proparallel mistakes
and much further for the provolatile mistakes.  We can't force a
catversion bump in the back branches, but we can at least ensure that
installations initdb'd in future have the right values.

Thomas Munro and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2sNDScSLTfyMYu32Q=ob98ZGW-vM_2oLxinzSABGQ6VA@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-30 18:14:51 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev c0cbe00fee Add casts from jsonb
Add explicit cast from scalar jsonb to all numeric and bool types. It would be
better to have cast from scalar jsonb to text too but there is already a cast
from jsonb to text as just text representation of json. There is no way to have
two different casts for the same type's pair.

Bump catalog version

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with editorization by Nikita Glukhov and me
Review by: Aleksander Alekseev, Nikita Glukhov, Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0154d35a-24ae-f063-5273-9ffcdf1c7f2e@postgrespro.ru
2018-03-29 16:33:56 +03:00
Andres Freund b4013b8e4a Add catversion bump missed in 16828d5c0.
Given that pg_attribute changed its layout...
2018-03-27 19:07:39 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan 16828d5c02 Fast ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a non-NULL default
Currently adding a column to a table with a non-NULL default results in
a rewrite of the table. For large tables this can be both expensive and
disruptive. This patch removes the need for the rewrite as long as the
default value is not volatile. The default expression is evaluated at
the time of the ALTER TABLE and the result stored in a new column
(attmissingval) in pg_attribute, and a new column (atthasmissing) is set
to true. Any existing row when fetched will be supplied with the
attmissingval. New rows will have the supplied value or the default and
so will never need the attmissingval.

Any time the table is rewritten all the atthasmissing and attmissingval
settings for the attributes are cleared, as they are no longer needed.

The most visible code change from this is in heap_attisnull, which
acquires a third TupleDesc argument, allowing it to detect a missing
value if there is one. In many cases where it is known that there will
not be any (e.g.  catalog relations) NULL can be passed for this
argument.

Andrew Dunstan, heavily modified from an original patch from Serge
Rielau.
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra and David Rowley.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31e2e921-7002-4c27-59f5-51f08404c858@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-03-28 10:43:52 +10:30
Alvaro Herrera 555ee77a96 Handle INSERT .. ON CONFLICT with partitioned tables
Commit eb7ed3f306 enabled unique constraints on partitioned tables,
but one thing that was not working properly is INSERT/ON CONFLICT.
This commit introduces a new node keeps state related to the ON CONFLICT
clause per partition, and fills it when that partition is about to be
used for tuple routing.

Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Etsuro Fujita, Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180228004602.cwdyralmg5ejdqkq@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-26 10:43:54 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 86f575948c Allow FOR EACH ROW triggers on partitioned tables
Previously, FOR EACH ROW triggers were not allowed in partitioned
tables.  Now we allow AFTER triggers on them, and on trigger creation we
cascade to create an identical trigger in each partition.  We also clone
the triggers to each partition that is created or attached later.

This means that deferred unique keys are allowed on partitioned tables,
too.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Simon Riggs, Amit Langote, Robert Haas,
	Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229225319.ajltgss2ojkfd3kp@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-23 10:48:22 -03:00
Andres Freund 432bb9e04d Basic JIT provider and error handling infrastructure.
This commit introduces:

1) JIT provider abstraction, which allows JIT functionality to be
   implemented in separate shared libraries. That's desirable because
   it allows to install JIT support as a separate package, and because
   it allows experimentation with different forms of JITing.
2) JITContexts which can be, using functions introduced in follow up
   commits, used to emit JITed functions, and have them be cleaned up
   on error.
3) The outline of a LLVM JIT provider, which will be fleshed out in
   subsequent commits.

Documentation for GUCs added, and for JIT in general, will be added in
later commits.

Author: Andres Freund, with architectural input from Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-21 19:28:28 -07:00
Tom Lane 27ba260c73 Change oddly-chosen OID allocation.
I noticed while fooling with John Naylor's bootstrap-data patch that we had
one high-numbered manually assigned OID, 8888, which evidently came from a
submission that the committer didn't bother to bring into line with usual
OID allocation practices before committing.  That's a bad idea, because it
creates a hazard for other patches that may be temporarily using high OID
numbers.  Change it to something more in line with what we usually do.

This evidently dates to commit abb173392.  It's too late to change it
in released branches, but we can fix it in HEAD.
2018-03-21 14:57:12 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 325f2ec555 Handle heap rewrites even better in logical decoding
Logical decoding should not publish anything about tables created as
part of a heap rewrite during DDL.  Those tables don't exist externally,
so consumers of logical decoding cannot do anything sensible with that
information.  In ab28feae2b, we worked
around this for built-in logical replication, but that was hack.

This is a more proper fix: We mark such transient heaps using the new
field pg_class.relwrite, linking to the original relation OID.  By
default, we ignore them in logical decoding before they get to the
output plugin.  Optionally, a plugin can register their interest in
getting such changes, if they handle DDL specially, in which case the
new field will help them get information about the actual table.

Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer <craig@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-03-21 09:15:04 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut f66e8bf875 Remove pg_class.relhaspkey
It is not used for anything internally, and it cannot be relied on for
external uses, so it can just be removed.  To correct recommended way to
check for a primary key is in pg_index.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b1a24c6c-6913-f89c-674e-0704f0ed69db@2ndquadrant.com
2018-03-14 15:31:34 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut bcdd40538a Fix typo
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-03-07 09:02:57 -05:00
Tom Lane a351679c80 Trivial adjustments in preparation for bootstrap data conversion.
Rationalize a couple of macro names:
* In catalog/pg_init_privs.h, rename Anum_pg_init_privs_privs to
  Anum_pg_init_privs_initprivs to match the column's actual name.
* In ecpg, rename ZPBITOID to BITOID to match catalog/pg_type.h.
This reduces reader confusion, and will allow us to generate these
macros automatically in future.

In catalog/pg_tablespace.h, fix the ordering of related DATA and
#define lines to agree with how it's done elsewhere.  This has no
impact today, but simplifies life for the bootstrap data conversion
scripts.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXnLH=BSo0x-aA818f=MyQqGS5nM-GDCWAMdnvQJTRC1A@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-03 11:23:33 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut fd1a421fe6 Add prokind column, replacing proisagg and proiswindow
The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates,
and window functions.  This replaces the existing columns proisagg and
proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated
by prorettype == 0.  Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-02 13:48:33 -05:00
Tom Lane 8b29e88cdc Add window RANGE support for float4, float8, numeric.
Commit 0a459cec9 left this for later, but since time's running out,
I went ahead and took care of it.  There are more data types that
somebody might someday want RANGE support for, but this is enough
to satisfy all expectations of the SQL standard, which just says that
"numeric, datetime, and interval" types should have RANGE support.
2018-02-24 13:23:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut bc1adc651b Fix filtering of unsupported relations in logical replication
In the pgoutput plugin, skip changes for relations that are not
publishable, per is_publishable_class().  This concerns in particular
materialized views and information_schema tables.  While those relations
cannot be part of a publication, per existing checks, they will be
considered by a FOR ALL TABLES publication.  A subscription would not
actually apply changes for those relations, again per existing checks,
but trying to match incoming changes to local tables on the subscriber
would lead to errors if no matching local table exists.  Skipping those
changes on the publisher avoids sending useless changes and eliminates
the error.

Bug: #15044
Reported-by: Chad Trabant <chad@iris.washington.edu>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-02-23 22:13:21 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 10cfce34c0 Add user-callable SHA-2 functions
Add the user-callable functions sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512.  We
already had these in the C code to support SCRAM, but there was no test
coverage outside of the SCRAM tests.  Adding these as user-callable
functions allows writing some tests.  Also, we have a user-callable md5
function but no more modern alternative, which led to wide use of md5 as
a general-purpose hash function, which leads to occasional complaints
about using md5.

Also mark the existing md5 functions as leak-proof.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-02-22 11:34:53 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera eb7ed3f306 Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables
If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they
must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to
unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist
within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each
index individually is enough to have it enforced globally.  Therefore we
can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few
restrictions (and adding others.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime
	Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 17:40:00 -03:00
Tom Lane 0a459cec96 Support all SQL:2011 options for window frame clauses.
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions.  We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion.  That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value.  Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that.  (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)

The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types.  Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.

In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011.  As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.

Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.

Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.

Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-07 00:06:56 -05:00
Robert Haas 9da0cc3528 Support parallel btree index builds.
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds.  Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.

The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature.  We can
refine it as we get more experience.

Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia.  While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature.  Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 13:32:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 8b9e9644dc Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType
AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types,
and we already have a preferred one for that.  It's only used in
aclcheck_error.  By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more
precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation".

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-01-19 14:01:15 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 8b08f7d482 Local partitioned indexes
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.

As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones.  Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.

To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
    CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
    ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index).  These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.

Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
	Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 11:49:22 -03:00
Robert Haas 29d58fd3ad Transfer state pertaining to pending REINDEX operations to workers.
This will allow the pending patch for parallel CREATE INDEX to work
on system catalogs, and to provide the same level of protection
against use of user indexes while they are being rebuilt that we
have for non-parallel CREATE INDEX.

Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYN-YQU9JsGQcqFLovZ-C+Xgp1_xhJQad=cunGG-_p5gg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkv4UNkXYhqQRqk-u9rS7h5c-4cCW+EqQ8K_WSeS43aZg@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-19 07:48:54 -05:00
Simon Riggs 9c7d06d606 Ability to advance replication slots
Ability to advance both physical and logical replication slots using a
new user function pg_replication_slot_advance().

For logical advance that means records are consumed as fast as possible
and changes are not given to output plugin for sending. Makes 2nd phase
(after we reached SNAPBUILD_FULL_SNAPSHOT) of replication slot creation
faster, especially when there are big transactions as the reorder buffer
does not have to deal with data changes and does not have to spill to
disk.

Author: Petr Jelinek
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2018-01-17 11:38:34 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera 49c784ece7 Remove hard-coded schema knowledge about pg_attribute from genbki.pl
Add the ability to label a column's default value in the catalog header,
and implement this for pg_attribute.  A new function in Catalog.pm is
used to fill in a tuple with defaults.  The build process will complain
loudly if a catalog entry is incomplete,

Commit 8137f2c323 labeled variable length columns for the C preprocessor.
Expose that label to genbki.pl so we can exclude those columns from schema
macros in a general fashion. Also, format schema macro entries according
to their types.

This means slightly less code maintenance, but more importantly it's a
proving ground for mechanisms intended to be used in later commits.

While at it, I (Álvaro) couldn't resist making some changes in
genbki.pl: rename some functions to actually indicate their purpose
instead of actively misleading onlookers; and don't iterate on the whole
of pg_type to find the entry for each catalog row, using a hash instead
of an array.

Author: John Naylor, some changes by Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGVJHwD8sfDfZW9TbCHWKf=C1YDRM-rF=2JenRU_y+VcFg@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-12 11:21:42 -03:00
Robert Haas ef6087ee5f Minor preparatory refactoring for UPDATE row movement.
Generalize is_partition_attr to has_partition_attrs and make it
accessible from outside tablecmds.c.  Change map_partition_varattnos
to clarify that it can be used for mapping between any two relations
in a partitioning hierarchy, not just parent -> child.

Amit Khandekar, reviewed by Amit Langote, David Rowley, and me.
Some comment changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fWfxgKC+PfJZF3hkgAcNOy-LpfPxVYitDEXKHjeieWQQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-04 16:25:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 9d4649ca49 Update copyright for 2018
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.3
2018-01-02 23:30:12 -05:00
Teodor Sigaev ff963b393c Add polygon opclass for SP-GiST
Polygon opclass uses compress method feature of SP-GiST added earlier. For now
it's a single operator class which uses this feature. SP-GiST actually indexes
a bounding boxes of input polygons, so part of supported operations are lossy.
Opclass uses most methods of corresponding opclass over boxes of SP-GiST and
treats bounding boxes as point in 4D-space.

Bump catalog version.

Authors: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov with minor editorization by me
Reviewed-By: all authors + Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/54907069.1030506@sigaev.ru
2017-12-25 18:59:38 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 9373baa0f7 Minor edits to catalog files and scripts
This fixes a few typos and small mistakes; it also cleans a few
minor stylistic issues.  The biggest functional change is that
Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer knows the OID of language 'internal'.

Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXAkwbk-A9QHHHf00N905kKisyQbaYwKqaRpze_gPXGfg@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 19:07:32 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut e4128ee767 SQL procedures
This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function
but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement
instead of SELECT or similar.  This implementation is aligned with the
SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations.

This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well
as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a
procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL).  There is
also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT
and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql.  Support for defining
procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core
distribution.

While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality,
future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object
type.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 11:03:20 -05:00
Robert Haas eaedf0df71 Update typedefs.list and re-run pgindent
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaA9=1RWKtBWpDaj+sF3Stgc8sHgf5z=KGtbjwPLQVDMA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-29 09:24:24 -05:00
Robert Haas be92769e4e Set proargmodes for satisfies_hash_partition.
It appears that proargmodes should always be set for variadic
functions, but satifies_hash_partition had it as NULL.  In addition to
fixing the problem, add a regression test to guard against future
mistakes of this type.
2017-11-17 11:53:00 -05:00
Robert Haas 4e5fe9ad19 Centralize executor-related partitioning code.
Some code is moved from partition.c, which has grown very quickly lately;
splitting the executor parts out might help to keep it from getting
totally out of control.  Other code is moved from execMain.c.  All is
moved to a new file execPartition.c.  get_partition_for_tuple now has
a new interface that more clearly separates executor concerns from
generic concerns.

Amit Langote.  A slight comment tweak by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1f0985f8-3b61-8bc4-4350-baa6d804cb6d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-11-15 10:26:25 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera a61f5ab986 Simplify index_[constraint_]create API
Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags
that can be used in a bitmask.  This makes it easier not only to figure
out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags.

The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and
another for constraints.  index_create() itself receives both, and then
passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be
called standalone.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 0e1539ba0d Add some const decorations to prototypes
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2017-11-10 13:38:57 -05:00
Robert Haas 1aba8e651a Add hash partitioning.
Hash partitioning is useful when you want to partition a growing data
set evenly.  This can be useful to keep table sizes reasonable, which
makes maintenance operations such as VACUUM faster, or to enable
partition-wise join.

At present, we still depend on constraint exclusion for partitioning
pruning, and the shape of the partition constraints for hash
partitioning is such that that doesn't work.  Work is underway to fix
that, which should both improve performance and make partitioning
pruning work with hash partitioning.

Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by Dilip Kumar, Ashutosh Bapat, Yugo
Nagata, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Jesper Pedersen, and by me.  A few
final tweaks also by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96fhpJAP=ALbETmeLk1Uni_GFZD938zgenhF49qgDTjaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 18:07:44 -05:00
Tom Lane 5ecc0d738e Restrict lo_import()/lo_export() via SQL permissions not hard-wired checks.
While it's generally unwise to give permissions on these functions to
anyone but a superuser, we've been moving away from hard-wired permission
checks inside functions in favor of using the SQL permission system to
control access.  Bring lo_import() and lo_export() into compliance with
that approach.

In particular, this removes the manual configuration option
ALLOW_DANGEROUS_LO_FUNCTIONS.  That dates back to 1999 (commit 4cd4a54c8);
it's unlikely anyone has used it in many years.  Moreover, if you really
want such behavior, now you can get it with GRANT ... TO PUBLIC instead.

Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRHmNOYbETnc_2EjsuzSM00Z+BWKv9sy6tnvSd5gWT_JA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 12:36:58 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2eb4a831e5 Change TRUE/FALSE to true/false
The lower case spellings are C and C++ standard and are used in most
parts of the PostgreSQL sources.  The upper case spellings are only used
in some files/modules.  So standardize on the standard spellings.

The APIs for ICU, Perl, and Windows define their own TRUE and FALSE, so
those are left as is when using those APIs.

In code comments, we use the lower-case spelling for the C concepts and
keep the upper-case spelling for the SQL concepts.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-11-08 11:37:28 -05:00
Simon Riggs 4b0d28de06 Remove secondary checkpoint
Previously server reserved WAL for last two checkpoints,
which used too much disk space for small servers.

Bumps PG_CONTROL_VERSION

Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndQuadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-11-07 12:56:30 -05:00
Dean Rasheed 87b2ebd352 Always require SELECT permission for ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE.
The update path of an INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE requires SELECT
permission on the columns of the arbiter index, but it failed to check
for that in the case of an arbiter specified by constraint name.

In addition, for a table with row level security enabled, it failed to
check updated rows against the table's SELECT policies when the update
path was taken (regardless of how the arbiter index was specified).

Backpatch to 9.5 where ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE and RLS were introduced.

Security: CVE-2017-15099
2017-11-06 09:19:22 +00:00
Tom Lane be0ebb65f5 Allow the built-in ordered-set aggregates to share transition state.
The built-in OSAs all share the same transition function, so they can
share transition state as long as the final functions cooperate to not
do the sort step more than once.  To avoid running the tuplesort object
in randomAccess mode unnecessarily, add a bit of infrastructure to
nodeAgg.c to let the aggregate functions find out whether the transition
state is actually being shared or not.

This doesn't work for the hypothetical aggregates, since those inject
a hypothetical row that isn't traceable to the shared input state.
So they remain marked aggfinalmodify = 'w'.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB4ELO5RZhOamuT9Xsf72ozbenDLLXZKSk07FiSVsuJNZB861A@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-16 15:51:23 -04:00
Tom Lane 4de2d4fba3 Explicitly track whether aggregate final functions modify transition state.
Up to now, there's been hard-wired assumptions that normal aggregates'
final functions never modify their transition states, while ordered-set
aggregates' final functions always do.  This has always been a bit
limiting, and in particular it's getting in the way of improving the
built-in ordered-set aggregates to allow merging of transition states.
Therefore, let's introduce catalog and CREATE AGGREGATE infrastructure
that lets the finalfn's behavior be declared explicitly.

There are now three possibilities for the finalfn behavior: it's purely
read-only, it trashes the transition state irrecoverably, or it changes
the state in such a way that no more transfn calls are possible but the
state can still be passed to other, compatible finalfns.  There are no
examples of this third case today, but we'll shortly make the built-in
OSAs act like that.

This change allows user-defined aggregates to explicitly disclaim support
for use as window functions, and/or to prevent transition state merging,
if their implementations cannot handle that.  While it was previously
possible to handle the window case with a run-time error check, there was
not any way to prevent transition state merging, which in retrospect is
something commit 804163bc2 should have provided for.  But better late
than never.

In passing, split out pg_aggregate.c's extern function declarations into
a new header file pg_aggregate_fn.h, similarly to what we've done for
some other catalog headers, so that pg_aggregate.h itself can be safe
for frontend files to include.  This lets pg_dump use the symbolic
names for relevant constants.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4834.1507849699@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-14 15:21:39 -04:00
Robert Haas 45866c7550 Copy information from the relcache instead of pointing to it.
We have the relations continuously locked, but not open, so relcache
pointers are not guaranteed to be stable.  Per buildfarm member
prion.

Ashutosh Bapat.  I fixed a typo.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcRBqoKLZSNmRsjKr81uEP=ennvqSQaXVCCBTXvJ2rW+Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 15:28:07 -04:00
Tom Lane c12d570fa1 Support arrays over domains.
Allowing arrays with a domain type as their element type was left un-done
in the original domain patch, but not for any very good reason.  This
omission leads to such surprising results as array_agg() not working on
a domain column, because the parser can't identify a suitable output type
for the polymorphic aggregate.

In order to fix this, first clean up the APIs of coerce_to_domain() and
some internal functions in parse_coerce.c so that we consistently pass
around a CoercionContext along with CoercionForm.  Previously, we sometimes
passed an "isExplicit" boolean flag instead, which is strictly less
information; and coerce_to_domain() didn't even get that, but instead had
to reverse-engineer isExplicit from CoercionForm.  That's contrary to the
documentation in primnodes.h that says that CoercionForm only affects
display and not semantics.  I don't think this change fixes any live bugs,
but it makes things more consistent.  The main reason for doing it though
is that now build_coercion_expression() receives ccontext, which it needs
in order to be able to recursively invoke coerce_to_target_type().

Next, reimplement ArrayCoerceExpr so that the node does not directly know
any details of what has to be done to the individual array elements while
performing the array coercion.  Instead, the per-element processing is
represented by a sub-expression whose input is a source array element and
whose output is a target array element.  This simplifies life in
parse_coerce.c, because it can build that sub-expression by a recursive
invocation of coerce_to_target_type().  The executor now handles the
per-element processing as a compiled expression instead of hard-wired code.
The main advantage of this is that we can use a single ArrayCoerceExpr to
handle as many as three successive steps per element: base type conversion,
typmod coercion, and domain constraint checking.  The old code used two
stacked ArrayCoerceExprs to handle type + typmod coercion, which was pretty
inefficient, and adding yet another array deconstruction to do domain
constraint checking seemed very unappetizing.

In the case where we just need a single, very simple coercion function,
doing this straightforwardly leads to a noticeable increase in the
per-array-element runtime cost.  Hence, add an additional shortcut evalfunc
in execExprInterp.c that skips unnecessary overhead for that specific form
of expression.  The runtime speed of simple cases is within 1% or so of
where it was before, while cases that previously required two levels of
array processing are significantly faster.

Finally, create an implicit array type for every domain type, as we do for
base types, enums, etc.  Everything except the array-coercion case seems
to just work without further effort.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9852.1499791473@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-09-30 13:40:56 -04:00
Tom Lane 28e0727076 Revert to 9.6 treatment of ALTER TYPE enumtype ADD VALUE.
This reverts commit 15bc038f9, along with the followon commits 1635e80d3
and 984c92074 that tried to clean up the problems exposed by bug #14825.
The result was incomplete because it failed to address parallel-query
requirements.  With 10.0 release so close upon us, now does not seem like
the time to be adding more code to fix that.  I hope we can un-revert this
code and add the missing parallel query support during the v11 cycle.

Back-patch to v10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170922185904.1448.16585@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-09-27 16:14:43 -04:00
Tom Lane 1635e80d30 Use a blacklist to distinguish original from add-on enum values.
Commit 15bc038f9 allowed ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE to be executed inside
transaction blocks, by disallowing the use of the added value later
in the same transaction, except under limited circumstances.  However,
the test for "limited circumstances" was heuristic and could reject
references to enum values that were created during CREATE TYPE AS ENUM,
not just later.  This breaks the use-case of restoring pg_dump scripts
in a single transaction, as reported in bug #14825 from Balazs Szilfai.

We can improve this by keeping a "blacklist" table of enum value OIDs
created by ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE during the current transaction.  Any
visible-but-uncommitted value whose OID is not in the blacklist must
have been created by CREATE TYPE AS ENUM, and can be used safely
because it could not have a lifespan shorter than its parent enum type.

This change also removes the restriction that a renamed enum value
can't be used before being committed (unless it was on the blacklist).

Andrew Dunstan, with cosmetic improvements by me.
Back-patch to v10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170922185904.1448.16585@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-09-26 13:14:46 -04:00
Andres Freund fc49e24fa6 Make WAL segment size configurable at initdb time.
For performance reasons a larger segment size than the default 16MB
can be useful. A larger segment size has two main benefits: Firstly,
in setups using archiving, it makes it easier to write scripts that
can keep up with higher amounts of WAL, secondly, the WAL has to be
written and synced to disk less frequently.

But at the same time large segment size are disadvantageous for
smaller databases. So far the segment size had to be configured at
compile time, often making it unrealistic to choose one fitting to a
particularly load. Therefore change it to a initdb time setting.

This includes a breaking changes to the xlogreader.h API, which now
requires the current segment size to be configured.  For that and
similar reasons a number of binaries had to be taught how to recognize
the current segment size.

Author: Beena Emerson, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, David Steele, Kuntal Ghosh, Michael
    Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Robert Hass, Tushar Ahuja
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApEAcQ--1ieKbhFzXSQPw_YLmepaa4hNdnY5+ZULpt81Mw@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-19 22:03:48 -07:00
Tom Lane 2d484f9b05 Remove no-op GiST support functions in the core GiST opclasses.
The preceding patch allowed us to remove useless GiST support functions.
This patch actually does that for all the no-op cases in the core GiST
code.  This buys us whatever performance gain is to be had, and more
importantly exercises the preceding patch.

There remain no-op functions in the contrib GiST opclasses, but those
will take more work to remove.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJEAwVELVx9gYscpE=Be6iJxvdW5unZ_LkcAaVNSeOwvdwtD=A@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-19 23:32:59 -04:00
Tom Lane 7d08ce286c Distinguish selectivity of < from <= and > from >=.
Historically, the selectivity functions have simply not distinguished
< from <=, or > from >=, arguing that the fraction of the population that
satisfies the "=" aspect can be considered to be vanishingly small, if the
comparison value isn't any of the most-common-values for the variable.
(If it is, the code path that executes the operator against each MCV will
take care of things properly.)  But that isn't really true unless we're
dealing with a continuum of variable values, and in practice we seldom are.
If "x = const" would estimate a nonzero number of rows for a given const
value, then it follows that we ought to estimate different numbers of rows
for "x < const" and "x <= const", even if the const is not one of the MCVs.
Handling this more honestly makes a significant difference in edge cases,
such as the estimate for a tight range (x BETWEEN y AND z where y and z
are close together).

Hence, split scalarltsel into scalarltsel/scalarlesel, and similarly
split scalargtsel into scalargtsel/scalargesel.  Adjust <= and >=
operator definitions to reference the new selectivity functions.
Improve the core ineq_histogram_selectivity() function to make a
correction for equality.  (Along the way, I learned quite a bit about
exactly why that function gives good answers, which I tried to memorialize
in improved comments.)

The corresponding join selectivity functions were, and remain, just stubs.
But I chose to split them similarly, to avoid confusion and to prevent the
need for doing this exercise again if someone ever makes them less stubby.

In passing, change ineq_histogram_selectivity's clamp for extreme
probability estimates so that it varies depending on the histogram
size, instead of being hardwired at 0.0001.  With the default histogram
size of 100 entries, you still get the old clamp value, but bigger
histograms should allow us to put more faith in edge values.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Aleksander Alekseev and Kuntal Ghosh

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12232.1499140410@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-09-13 11:12:39 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 821fb8cdbf Message style fixes 2017-09-11 11:21:27 -04:00
Robert Haas 6f6b99d133 Allow a partitioned table to have a default partition.
Any tuples that don't route to any other partition will route to the
default partition.

Jeevan Ladhe, Beena Emerson, Ashutosh Bapat, Rahila Syed, and Robert
Haas, with review and testing at various stages by (at least) Rushabh
Lathia, Keith Fiske, Amit Langote, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuanshi, Sven
Kunze, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thom Brown, Rafia Sabih, and Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28tbN4SYyhS7YV1YBWcitkqbhSWfQCy0G=apRcC_PEO-bg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApEYj34fWMcvBMBQ-YtqR9fTdXhdN82QEKG0SVZ6zeL1xg@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-08 17:28:04 -04:00
Robert Haas 81c5e46c49 Introduce 64-bit hash functions with a 64-bit seed.
This will be useful for hash partitioning, which needs a way to seed
the hash functions to avoid problems such as a hash index on a hash
partitioned table clumping all values into a small portion of the
bucket space; it's also useful for anything that wants a 64-bit hash
value rather than a 32-bit hash value.

Just in case somebody wants a 64-bit hash value that is compatible
with the existing 32-bit hash values, make the low 32-bits of the
64-bit hash value match the 32-bit hash value when the seed is 0.

Robert Haas and Amul Sul

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoafx2yoJuhCQQOL5CocEi-w_uG4S2xT0EtgiJnPGcHW3g@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-31 22:21:21 -04:00
Robert Haas 54cde0c4c0 Don't lock tables in RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo.
Instead, lock them in the caller using find_all_inheritors so that
they get locked in the standard order, minimizing deadlock risks.

Also in RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo, avoid opening tables which
are not partitioned; there's no need.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and Amit Khandekar

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/91b36fa1-c197-b72f-ca6e-56c593bae68c@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-08-17 15:43:09 -04:00
Robert Haas e139f1953f Assorted preparatory refactoring for partition-wise join.
Instead of duplicating the logic to search for a matching
ParamPathInfo in multiple places, factor it out into a separate
function.

Pass only the relevant bits of the PartitionKey to
partition_bounds_equal instead of the whole thing, because
partition-wise join will want to call this without having a
PartitionKey available.

Adjust allow_star_schema_join and calc_nestloop_required_outer
to take relevant Relids rather than the entire Path, because
partition-wise join will want to call it with the top-parent
relids to determine whether a child join is allowable.

Ashutosh Bapat.  Review and testing of the larger patch set of which
this is a part by Amit Langote, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Rafia Sabih,
Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobQK80vtXjAsPZWWXd7c8u13G86gmuLupN+uUJjA+i4nA@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-15 12:30:38 -04:00
Robert Haas 610e8ebb0f Teach map_partition_varattnos to handle whole-row expressions.
Otherwise, partitioned tables with RETURNING expressions or subject
to a WITH CHECK OPTION do not work properly.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Amit Khandekar and Etsuro Fujita.  A few
comment changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9a39df80-871e-6212-0684-f93c83be4097@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-08-03 11:21:29 -04:00
Dean Rasheed d363d42bb9 Use MINVALUE/MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED for range partition bounds.
Previously, UNBOUNDED meant no lower bound when used in the FROM list,
and no upper bound when used in the TO list, which was OK for
single-column range partitioning, but problematic with multiple
columns. For example, an upper bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED) would not be
collocated with a lower bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED), thus making it
difficult or impossible to define contiguous multi-column range
partitions in some cases.

Fix this by using MINVALUE and MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED to
represent a partition column that is unbounded below or above
respectively. This syntax removes any ambiguity, and ensures that if
one partition's lower bound equals another partition's upper bound,
then the partitions are contiguous.

Also drop the constraint prohibiting finite values after an unbounded
column, and just document the fact that any values after MINVALUE or
MAXVALUE are ignored. Previously it was necessary to repeat UNBOUNDED
multiple times, which was needlessly verbose.

Note: Forces a post-PG 10 beta2 initdb.

Report by Amul Sul, original patch by Amit Langote with some
additional hacking by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-21 09:20:47 +01:00
Tom Lane 3cb29c42f9 Add static assertions about pg_control fitting into one disk sector.
When pg_control was first designed, sizeof(ControlFileData) was small
enough that a comment seemed like plenty to document the assumption that
it'd fit into one disk sector.  Now it's nearly 300 bytes, raising the
possibility that somebody would carelessly add enough stuff to create
a problem.  Let's add a StaticAssertStmt() to ensure that the situation
doesn't pass unnoticed if it ever occurs.

While at it, rename PG_CONTROL_SIZE to PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE to make it
clearer what that symbol means, and convert the existing runtime
comparisons of sizeof(ControlFileData) vs. PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE to be
static asserts --- we didn't have that technology when this code was
first written.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9192.1500490591@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-07-19 16:16:57 -04:00
Andrew Gierth 501ed02cf6 Fix transition tables for partition/inheritance.
We disallow row-level triggers with transition tables on child tables.
Transition tables for triggers on the parent table contain only those
columns present in the parent.  (We can't mix tuple formats in a
single transition table.)

Patch by Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoZzTBBAsEUh4MazAN7ga%3D8SsMC-Knp-6cetts9yNZUCcg%40mail.gmail.com
2017-06-28 18:55:03 +01:00
Tom Lane ddb5fdc068 Further hacking on ICU collation creation and usage.
pg_import_system_collations() refused to create any ICU collations if
the current database's encoding didn't support ICU.  This is wrongheaded:
initdb must initialize pg_collation in an encoding-independent way
since it might be used in other databases with different encodings.
The reason for the restriction seems to be that get_icu_locale_comment()
used icu_from_uchar() to convert the UChar-format display name, and that
unsurprisingly doesn't know what to do in unsupported encodings.
But by the same token that the initial catalog contents must be
encoding-independent, we can't allow non-ASCII characters in the comment
strings.  So we don't really need icu_from_uchar() here: just check for
Unicode codes outside the ASCII range, and if there are none, the format
conversion is trivial.  If there are some, we can simply not install the
comment.  (In my testing, this affects only Norwegian Bokmål, which has
given us trouble before.)

For paranoia's sake, also check for non-ASCII characters in ICU locale
names, and skip such locales, as we do for libc locales.  I don't
currently have a reason to believe that this will ever reject anything,
but then again the libc maintainers should have known better too.

With just the import changes, ICU collations can be found in pg_collation
in databases with unsupported encodings.  This resulted in more or less
clean failures at runtime, but that's not how things act for unsupported
encodings with libc collations.  Make it work the same as our traditional
behavior for libc collations by having collation lookup take into account
whether is_encoding_supported_by_icu().

Adjust documentation to match.  Also, expand Table 23.1 to show which
encodings are supported by ICU.

catversion bump because of likely change in pg_collation/pg_description
initial contents in ICU-enabled builds.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20c74bc3-d6ca-243d-1bbc-12f17fa4fe9a@gmail.com
2017-06-24 13:54:23 -04:00
Tom Lane 0b13b2a771 Rethink behavior of pg_import_system_collations().
Marco Atzeri reported that initdb would fail if "locale -a" reported
the same locale name more than once.  All previous versions of Postgres
implicitly de-duplicated the results of "locale -a", but the rewrite
to move the collation import logic into C had lost that property.
It had also lost the property that locale names matching built-in
collation names were silently ignored.

The simplest way to fix this is to make initdb run the function in
if-not-exists mode, which means that there's no real use-case for
non if-not-exists mode; we might as well just drop the boolean argument
and simplify the function's definition to be "add any collations not
already known".  This change also gets rid of some odd corner cases
caused by the fact that aliases were added in if-not-exists mode even
if the function argument said otherwise.

While at it, adjust the behavior so that pg_import_system_collations()
doesn't spew "collation foo already exists, skipping" messages during a
re-run; that's completely unhelpful, especially since there are often
hundreds of them.  And make it return a count of the number of collations
it did add, which seems like it might be helpful.

Also, re-integrate the previous coding's property that it would make a
deterministic selection of which alias to use if there were conflicting
possibilities.  This would only come into play if "locale -a" reports
multiple equivalent locale names, say "de_DE.utf8" and "de_DE.UTF-8",
but that hardly seems out of the question.

In passing, fix incorrect behavior in pg_import_system_collations()'s
ICU code path: it neglected CommandCounterIncrement, which would result
in failures if ICU returns duplicate names, and it would try to create
comments even if a new collation hadn't been created.

Also, reorder operations in initdb so that the 'ucs_basic' collation
is created before calling pg_import_system_collations() not after.
This prevents a failure if "locale -a" were to report a locale named
that.  There's no reason to think that that ever happens in the wild,
but the old coding would have survived it, so let's be equally robust.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20c74bc3-d6ca-243d-1bbc-12f17fa4fe9a@gmail.com
2017-06-23 14:19:58 -04:00
Tom Lane 382ceffdf7 Phase 3 of pgindent updates.
Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they
flow past the right margin.

By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are
within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding
left parenthesis.  However, traditionally, if that resulted in the
continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin,
then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin,
if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of
the current statement indent.  That makes for a weird mix of indentations
unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column
limit.

This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers.
Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized
lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren.

This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 15:35:54 -04:00
Tom Lane c7b8998ebb Phase 2 of pgindent updates.
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.

Commit e3860ffa4d wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code.  The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there.  BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs.  So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before.  This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.

Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.

This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 15:19:25 -04:00
Tom Lane e3860ffa4d Initial pgindent run with pg_bsd_indent version 2.0.
The new indent version includes numerous fixes thanks to Piotr Stefaniak.
The main changes visible in this commit are:

* Nicer formatting of function-pointer declarations.
* No longer unexpectedly removes spaces in expressions using casts,
  sizeof, or offsetof.
* No longer wants to add a space in "struct structname *varname", as
  well as some similar cases for const- or volatile-qualified pointers.
* Declarations using PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY are formatted more nicely.
* Fixes bug where comments following declarations were sometimes placed
  with no space separating them from the code.
* Fixes some odd decisions for comments following case labels.
* Fixes some cases where comments following code were indented to less
  than the expected column 33.

On the less good side, it now tends to put more whitespace around typedef
names that are not listed in typedefs.list.  This might encourage us to
put more effort into typedef name collection; it's not really a bug in
indent itself.

There are more changes coming after this round, having to do with comment
indentation and alignment of lines appearing within parentheses.  I wanted
to limit the size of the diffs to something that could be reviewed without
one's eyes completely glazing over, so it seemed better to split up the
changes as much as practical.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 14:39:04 -04:00
Tom Lane 9ef2dbefc7 Final pgindent run with old pg_bsd_indent (version 1.3).
This is just to have a clean basis for comparison with the results of
the new version (which will indeed end up reverting some of these
changes...)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 14:09:24 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut a2141c42f9 Tweak publication fetching in psql
Viewing a table with \d in psql also shows the publications at table is
in.  If a publication is concurrently dropped, this shows an error,
because the view pg_publication_tables internally uses
pg_get_publication_tables(), which uses a catalog snapshot.  This can be
particularly annoying if a for-all-tables publication is concurrently
dropped.

To avoid that, write the query in psql differently.  Expose the function
pg_relation_is_publishable() to SQL and write the query using that.
That still has a risk of being affected by concurrent catalog changes,
but in this case it would be a table drop that causes problems, and then
the psql \d command wouldn't be interesting anymore anyway.

Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2017-06-20 12:35:02 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 20d7d68b09 Change pg_get_publication_tables to prosecdef false
This was apparently a mistake in the original commit.

Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2017-06-20 10:03:35 -04:00
Noah Misch 39ac55918f Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work.
The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance,
but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any.  The other
changes are cosmetic only, affecting order.  catversion bump due to
readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 00:16:11 -07:00
Tom Lane 0436f6bde8 Disallow set-returning functions inside CASE or COALESCE.
When we reimplemented SRFs in commit 69f4b9c85, our initial choice was
to allow the behavior to vary from historical practice in cases where a
SRF call appeared within a conditional-execution construct (currently,
only CASE or COALESCE).  But that was controversial to begin with, and
subsequent discussion has resulted in a consensus that it's better to
throw an error instead of executing the query differently from before,
so long as we can provide a reasonably clear error message and a way to
rewrite the query.

Hence, add a parser mechanism to allow detection of such cases during
parse analysis.  The mechanism just requires storing, in the ParseState,
a pointer to the set-returning FuncExpr or OpExpr most recently emitted
by parse analysis.  Then the parsing functions for CASE and COALESCE can
detect the presence of a SRF in their arguments by noting whether this
pointer changes while analyzing their arguments.  Furthermore, if it does,
it provides a suitable error cursor location for the complaint.  (This
means that if there's more than one SRF in the arguments, the error will
point at the last one to be analyzed not the first.  While connoisseurs of
parsing behavior might find that odd, it's unlikely the average user would
ever notice.)

While at it, we can also provide more specific error messages than before
about some pre-existing restrictions, such as no-SRFs-within-aggregates.
Also, reject at parse time cases where a NULLIF or IS DISTINCT FROM
construct would need to return a set.  We've never supported that, but the
restriction is depended on in more subtle ways now, so it seems wise to
detect it at the start.

Also, provide some documentation about how to rewrite a SRF-within-CASE
query using a custom wrapper SRF.

It turns out that the information_schema.user_mapping_options view
contained an instance of exactly the behavior we're now forbidding; but
rewriting it makes it more clear and safer too.

initdb forced because of user_mapping_options change.

Patch by me, with error message suggestions from Alvaro Herrera and
Andres Freund, pursuant to a complaint from Regina Obe.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/000001d2d5de$d8d66170$8a832450$@pcorp.us
2017-06-13 23:46:39 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut ec7129b781 Fix collprovider of predefined collations
An earlier version of the patch had collprovider as an integer and thus
set these to 0, but the correct setting is now null.
2017-06-13 08:55:09 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan f7e6853e1a Mark to_tsvector(regconfig,json[b]) functions immutable
This make them consistent with the text function and means they can be
used in functional indexes.

Catalog version bumped.

Per gripe from Josh Berkus.
2017-06-08 15:47:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 644ea35fc1 Fix updating of pg_subscription_rel from workers
A logical replication worker should not insert new rows into
pg_subscription_rel, only update existing rows, so that there are no
races if a concurrent refresh removes rows.  Adjust the API to be able
to choose that behavior.

Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reported-by: tushar <tushar.ahuja@enterprisedb.com>
2017-06-07 13:49:14 -04:00
Tom Lane 80f583ffe9 Fix omission of locations in outfuncs/readfuncs partitioning node support.
We could have limped along without this for v10, which was my intention
when I annotated the bug in commit 76a3df6e5.  But consensus is that it's
better to fix it now and take the cost of a post-beta1 initdb (which is
needed because these node types are stored in pg_class.relpartbound).

Since we're forcing initdb anyway, take the opportunity to make the node
type identification strings match the node struct names, instead of being
randomly different from them.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dFBEX-0004wt-8t@gemulon.postgresql.org
2017-05-30 11:32:41 -04:00
Tom Lane 76a3df6e5e Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support.
Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of
a coercion request.  This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there
is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of
dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was
miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was
failing to deal with.  Add test cases around this coercion behavior.

In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros,
in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner.  Also, change some
functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific
pointer types.  And change some struct fields that were declared Node*
but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted
explicit casts.

Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting.
Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less
random place.

Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...).

Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse
transformation.  I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely
silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not
getting it right.

Add guards against partitioning on system columns.

Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling
of these node types elsewhere.

Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec
and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in
outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c.  This is fairly harmless for production purposes
(since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus.
It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we
have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and
clean this up.

Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and
PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them.

Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound().

Improve a couple of error messages.

Improve assorted commentary.

Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment
blocks that must have been added quite recently.

Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-28 23:20:28 -04:00
Bruce Momjian a6fd7b7a5f Post-PG 10 beta1 pgindent run
perltidy run not included.
2017-05-17 16:31:56 -04:00
Tom Lane c079673dcb Preventive maintenance in advance of pgindent run.
Reformat various places in which pgindent will make a mess, and
fix a few small violations of coding style that I happened to notice
while perusing the diffs from a pgindent dry run.

There is one actual bug fix here: the need-to-enlarge-the-buffer code
path in icu_convert_case was obviously broken.  Perhaps it's unreachable
in our usage?  Or maybe this is just sadly undertested.
2017-05-16 20:36:35 -04:00
Tom Lane f04c9a6146 Standardize terminology for pg_statistic_ext entries.
Consistently refer to such an entry as a "statistics object", not just
"statistics" or "extended statistics".  Previously we had a mismash of
terms, accompanied by utter confusion as to whether the term was
singular or plural.  That's not only grating (at least to the ear of
a native English speaker) but could be outright misleading, eg in error
messages that seemed to be referring to multiple objects where only one
could be meant.

This commit fixes the code and a lot of comments (though I may have
missed a few).  I also renamed two new SQL functions,
pg_get_statisticsextdef -> pg_get_statisticsobjdef
pg_statistic_ext_is_visible -> pg_statistics_obj_is_visible
to conform better with this terminology.

I have not touched the SGML docs other than fixing those function
names; the docs certainly need work but it seems like a separable task.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-14 10:55:01 -04:00
Robert Haas 1848b73d45 Teach \d+ to show partitioning constraints.
The fact that we didn't have this in the first place is likely why
the problem fixed by f8bffe9e6d
escaped detection.

Patch by Amit Langote, reviewed and slightly adjusted by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYWnV2GMnYLG-Czsix-E1WGAbo4D+0tx7t9NdfYBDMFsA@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-13 12:04:53 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera d99d58cdc8 Complete tab completion for DROP STATISTICS
Tab-completing DROP STATISTICS would only work if you started writing
the schema name containing the statistics object, because the visibility
clause was missing.  To add it, we need to add SQL-callable support for
testing visibility of a statistics object, like all other object types
already have.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-13 01:05:48 -03:00
Tom Lane 928c4de309 Fix dependencies for extended statistics objects.
A stats object ought to have a dependency on each individual column
it reads, not the entire table.  Doing this honestly lets us get rid
of the hard-wired logic in RemoveStatisticsExt, which seems to have
been misguidedly modeled on RemoveStatistics; and it will be far easier
to extend to multiple tables later.

Also, add overlooked dependency on owner, and make the dependency on
schema be NORMAL like every other such dependency.

There remains some unfinished work here, which is to allow statistics
objects to be extension members.  That takes more effort than just
adding the dependency call, though, so I left it out for now.

initdb forced because this changes the set of pg_depend records that
should exist for a statistics object.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-12 16:26:31 -04:00
Tom Lane d10c626de4 Rename WAL-related functions and views to use "lsn" not "location".
Per discussion, "location" is a rather vague term that could refer to
multiple concepts.  "LSN" is an unambiguous term for WAL locations and
should be preferred.  Some function names, view column names, and function
output argument names used "lsn" already, but others used "location",
as well as yet other terms such as "wal_position".  Since we've already
renamed a lot of things in this area from "xlog" to "wal" for v10,
we may as well incur a bit more compatibility pain and make these names
all consistent.

David Rowley, minor additional docs hacking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8O0njDKe8ePFQ-LK5-EjwThsDws6ohJ-+c6nWK+oUxtg@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-11 11:49:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 013c1178fd Remove the NODROP SLOT option from DROP SUBSCRIPTION
It turned out this approach had problems, because a DROP command should
not have any options other than CASCADE and RESTRICT.  Instead, always
attempt to drop the slot if there is one configured, but also add an
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION action to set the slot to NONE.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29431.1493730652@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-09 10:20:42 -04:00
Tom Lane da07596006 Further patch rangetypes_selfuncs.c's statistics slot management.
Values in a STATISTIC_KIND_RANGE_LENGTH_HISTOGRAM slot are float8,
not of the type of the column the statistics are for.

This bug is at least partly the fault of sloppy specification comments
for get_attstatsslot()/free_attstatsslot(): the type OID they want is that
of the stavalues entries, not of the underlying column.  (I double-checked
other callers and they seem to get this right.)  Adjust the comments to be
more correct.

Per buildfarm.

Security: CVE-2017-7484
2017-05-08 15:03:14 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 68e61ee72e Change the on-disk format of SCRAM verifiers to conform to RFC 5803.
It doesn't make any immediate difference to PostgreSQL, but might as well
follow the standard, since one exists. (I looked at RFC 5803 earlier, but
didn't fully understand it back then.)

The new format uses Base64 instead of hex to encode StoredKey and
ServerKey, which makes the verifiers slightly smaller. Using the same
encoding for the salt and the keys also means that you only need one
encoder/decoder instead of two. Although we have code in the backend to
do both, we are talking about teaching libpq how to create SCRAM verifiers
for PQencodePassword(), and libpq doesn't currently have any code for hex
encoding.

Bump catversion, because this renders any existing SCRAM verifiers in
pg_authid invalid.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/351ba574-85ea-d9b8-9689-8c928dd0955d@iki.fi
2017-04-21 22:51:57 +03:00
Fujii Masao 88b0a31926 Mark some columns in pg_subscription as NOT NULL.
In pg_subscription, subconninfo, subslotname, subsynccommit and
subpublications are expected not to be NULL. Therefore this patch
adds BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL markings to them.

This patch is basically unnecessary unless the code has a bug which
wrongly sets either of those columns to NULL. But it's good to have
this as a safeguard.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reported-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwFDWh_Qr-q_GEMpD+qH=vYPMdVqw=ZOSY3kX_Pna9R9SA@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-20 23:35:30 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera ee6922112e Rename columns in new pg_statistic_ext catalog
The new catalog reused a column prefix "sta" from pg_statistic, but this
is undesirable, so change the catalog to use prefix "stx" instead.
Also, rename the column that lists enabled statistic kinds as "stxkind"
rather than "enabled".

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_2t5jhSN7huYRFH3w3rrHfG2QU7hiUHsu-Vdjd1rYT3w@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-17 18:34:29 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 67c2def11d Catversion bump
for commit 887227a1cc
2017-04-14 14:24:01 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 887227a1cc Add option to modify sync commit per subscription
This also changes default behaviour of subscription workers to
synchronous_commit = off.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-04-14 13:58:46 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 27bcc372b1 Catversion bump forgotten in previous commit 2017-04-13 11:54:28 -03:00
Tom Lane 511540dadf Move isolationtester's is-blocked query into C code for speed.
Commit 4deb41381 modified isolationtester's query to see whether a
session is blocked to also check for waits occurring in GetSafeSnapshot.
However, it did that in a way that enormously increased the query's
runtime under CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS, causing the buildfarm members
that use that to run about four times slower than before, and in some
cases fail entirely.  To fix, push the entire logic into a dedicated
backend function.  This should actually reduce the CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS
runtime from what it was previously, though I've not checked that.

In passing, expose a SQL function to check for safe-snapshot blockage,
comparable to pg_blocking_pids.  This is more or less free given the
infrastructure built to solve the other problem, so we might as well.

Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170407165749.pstcakbc637opkax@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-04-10 10:26:54 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 5f21f5292c Mark immutable functions in information schema as parallel safe
Also add opr_sanity check that all preloaded immutable functions are
parallel safe.  (Per discussion, this does not necessarily have to be
true for all possible such functions, but deviations would be unlikely
enough that maintaining such a test is reasonable.)

Reported-by: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2017-04-06 14:30:13 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 3217327053 Identity columns
This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial
columns.  It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have:

- CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence
- cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE
- dropping default does not drop sequence
- need to grant separate privileges to sequence
- other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro

Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 08:41:37 -04:00
Simon Riggs 2686ee1b7c Collect and use multi-column dependency stats
Follow on patch in the multi-variate statistics patch series.

CREATE STATISTICS s1 WITH (dependencies) ON (a, b) FROM t;
ANALYZE;
will collect dependency stats on (a, b) and then use the measured
dependency in subsequent query planning.

Commit 7b504eb282 added
CREATE STATISTICS with n-distinct coefficients. These are now
specified using the mutually exclusive option WITH (ndistinct).

Author: Tomas Vondra, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, Álvaro Herrera, Dean Rasheed, Robert Haas
and many other comments and contributions
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/56f40b20-c464-fad2-ff39-06b668fac47c@2ndquadrant.com
2017-04-05 18:00:42 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera c655899ba9 BRIN de-summarization
When the BRIN summary tuple for a page range becomes too "wide" for the
values actually stored in the table (because the tuples that were
present originally are no longer present due to updates or deletes), it
can be useful to remove the outdated summary tuple, so that a future
summarization can install a tighter summary.

This commit introduces a SQL-callable interface to do so.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Eiji Seki
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228045643.n2ri74ara4fhhfxf@alvherre.pgsql
2017-04-01 16:10:04 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 7526e10224 BRIN auto-summarization
Previously, only VACUUM would cause a page range to get initially
summarized by BRIN indexes, which for some use cases takes too much time
since the inserts occur.  To avoid the delay, have brininsert request a
summarization run for the previous range as soon as the first tuple is
inserted into the first page of the next range.  Autovacuum is in charge
of processing these requests, after doing all the regular vacuuming/
analyzing work on tables.

This doesn't impose any new tasks on autovacuum, because autovacuum was
already in charge of doing summarizations.  The only actual effect is to
change the timing, i.e. that it occurs earlier.  For this reason, we
don't go any great lengths to record these requests very robustly; if
they are lost because of a server crash or restart, they will happen at
a later time anyway.

Most of the new code here is in autovacuum, which can now be told about
"work items" to process.  This can be used for other things such as GIN
pending list cleaning, perhaps visibility map bit setting, both of which
are currently invoked during vacuum, but do not really depend on vacuum
taking place.

The requests are at the page range level, a granularity for which we did
not have SQL-level access; we only had index-level summarization
requests via brin_summarize_new_values().  It seems reasonable to add
SQL-level access to range-level summarization too, so add a function
brin_summarize_range() to do that.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera, based on sketch from Simon Riggs.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170301045823.vneqdqkmsd4as4ds@alvherre.pgsql
2017-04-01 14:00:53 -03:00
Kevin Grittner 18ce3a4ab2 Add infrastructure to support EphemeralNamedRelation references.
A QueryEnvironment concept is added, which allows new types of
objects to be passed into queries from parsing on through
execution.  At this point, the only thing implemented is a
collection of EphemeralNamedRelation objects -- relations which
can be referenced by name in queries, but do not exist in the
catalogs.  The only type of ENR implemented is NamedTuplestore, but
provision is made to add more types fairly easily.

An ENR can carry its own TupleDesc or reference a relation in the
catalogs by relid.

Although these features can be used without SPI, convenience
functions are added to SPI so that ENRs can easily be used by code
run through SPI.

The initial use of all this is going to be transition tables in
AFTER triggers, but that will be added to each PL as a separate
commit.

An incidental effect of this patch is to produce a more informative
error message if an attempt is made to modify the contents of a CTE
from a referencing DML statement.  No tests previously covered that
possibility, so one is added.

Kevin Grittner and Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, David Fetter, and Thomas Munro
with valuable comments and suggestions from many others
2017-03-31 23:17:18 -05:00
Robert Haas c94e6942ce Don't allocate storage for partitioned tables.
Also, don't allow setting reloptions on them, since that would have no
effect given the lack of storage.  The patch does this by introducing
a new reloption kind for which there are currently no reloptions -- we
might have some in the future -- so it adjusts parseRelOptions to
handle that case correctly.

Bumped catversion.  System catalogs that contained reloptions for
partitioned tables are no longer valid; plus, there are now fewer
physical files on disk, which is not technically a catalog change but
still a good reason to re-initdb.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Maksim Milyutin and Kyotaro Horiguchi and
revised a bit by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170331.173326.212311140.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-31 16:28:51 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan e306df7f9c Full Text Search support for json and jsonb
The new functions are ts_headline() and to_tsvector.

Dmitry Dolgov, edited and documented by me.
2017-03-31 14:26:03 -04:00
Simon Riggs 25fff40798 Default monitoring roles
Three nologin roles with non-overlapping privs are created by default
* pg_read_all_settings - read all GUCs.
* pg_read_all_stats - pg_stat_*, pg_database_size(), pg_tablespace_size()
* pg_stat_scan_tables - may lock/scan tables

Top level role - pg_monitor includes all of the above by default, plus others

Author: Dave Page
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Robert Haas, Peter Eisentraut, Simon Riggs
2017-03-30 14:18:53 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev f90d23d0c5 Implement SortSupport for macaddr data type
Introduces a scheme to produce abbreviated keys for the macaddr type.
Bump catalog version.

Author: Brandur Leach
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Peter Geoghegan

https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/743/
2017-03-29 23:28:56 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 4fdb8a82e3 Update copyright year in recently added files
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
2017-03-29 14:54:10 -04:00
Robert Haas 9a09527164 Mark more functions parallel-restricted.
Commit 61c2e1a95f allowed parallel
query to be used in more places, revealing via buildfarm member
mandrill that several functions intended to be called from triggers
were incorrectly marked parallel-safe rather than parallel-restricted.

Report by Tom Lane.  Patch by Rafia Sabih.  Reviewed by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/16061.1490479253@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-29 10:59:27 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev ab89e465cb Altering default privileges on schemas
Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas.

Author: Matheus Oliveira
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma

https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 18:58:55 +03:00
Robert Haas fc70a4b0df Show more processes in pg_stat_activity.
Previously, auxiliary processes and background workers not connected
to a database (such as the logical replication launcher) weren't
shown.  Include them, so that we can see the associated wait state
information.  Add a new column to identify the processes type, so that
people can filter them out easily using SQL if they wish.

Before this patch was written, there was discussion about whether we
should expose this information in a separate view, so as to avoid
contaminating pg_stat_activity with things people might not want to
see.  But putting everything in pg_stat_activity was a more popular
choice, so that's what the patch does.

Kuntal Ghosh, reviewed by Amit Langote and Michael Paquier.  Some
revisions and bug fixes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYES5nhkEGw9nZXU8_FhA8XEm8NTm3-SO+3ML1B81Hkww@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-26 22:02:22 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 7678fe1c6d Make header self-contained
Add necessary include files for things used in the header.
2017-03-24 23:36:10 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 7b504eb282 Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients
Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE
STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex
combinations that individual table columns.  Companion commands DROP
STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are
added too.  All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types
can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and
multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room
for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions.

This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient
on user-specified sets of columns in a single table.  This is useful to
estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses;
estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed
aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve.  A new
special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used.

(num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that
this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added
immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same
functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi:
https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
though this commit does not use that code.)

Author: Tomas Vondra.  Some code rework by Álvaro.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes,
    Ideriha Takeshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz
    https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 14:06:10 -03:00
Robert Haas 857ee8e391 Add a txid_status function.
If your connection to the database server is lost while a COMMIT is
in progress, it may be difficult to figure out whether the COMMIT was
successful or not.  This function will tell you, provided that you
don't wait too long to ask.  It may be useful in other situations,
too.

Craig Ringer, reviewed by Simon Riggs and by me

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YHQiWNEi0daCTboS40T+V5s_+dst3PYv_8v2wNVH+Xx4g@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-24 12:00:53 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut eccfef81e1 ICU support
Add a column collprovider to pg_collation that determines which library
provides the collation data.  The existing choices are default and libc,
and this adds an icu choice, which uses the ICU4C library.

The pg_locale_t type is changed to a union that contains the
provider-specific locale handles.  Users of locale information are
changed to look into that struct for the appropriate handle to use.

Also add a collversion column that records the version of the collation
when it is created, and check at run time whether it is still the same.
This detects potentially incompatible library upgrades that can corrupt
indexes and other structures.  This is currently only supported by
ICU-provided collations.

initdb initializes the default collation set as before from the `locale
-a` output but also adds all available ICU locales with a "-x-icu"
appended.

Currently, ICU-provided collations can only be explicitly named
collations.  The global database locales are still always libc-provided.

ICU support is enabled by configure --with-icu.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2017-03-23 15:28:48 -04:00
Simon Riggs 6912acc04f Replication lag tracking for walsenders
Adds write_lag, flush_lag and replay_lag cols to pg_stat_replication.

Implements a lag tracker module that reports the lag times based upon
measurements of the time taken for recent WAL to be written, flushed and
replayed and for the sender to hear about it. These times
represent the commit lag that was (or would have been) introduced by each
synchronous commit level, if the remote server was configured as a
synchronous standby.  For an asynchronous standby, the replay_lag column
approximates the delay before recent transactions became visible to queries.
If the standby server has entirely caught up with the sending server and
there is no more WAL activity, the most recently measured lag times will
continue to be displayed for a short time and then show NULL.

Physical replication lag tracking is automatic. Logical replication tracking
is possible but is the responsibility of the logical decoding plugin.
Tracking is a private module operating within each walsender individually,
with values reported to shared memory. Module not used outside of walsender.

Design and code is good enough now to commit - kudos to the author.
In many ways a difficult topic, with important and subtle behaviour so this
shoudl be expected to generate discussion and multiple open items: Test now!

Author: Thomas Munro, following designs by Fujii Masao and Simon Riggs
Review: Simon Riggs, Ian Barwick and Craig Ringer
2017-03-23 14:05:28 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut 7c4f52409a Logical replication support for initial data copy
Add functionality for a new subscription to copy the initial data in the
tables and then sync with the ongoing apply process.

For the copying, add a new internal COPY option to have the COPY source
data provided by a callback function.  The initial data copy works on
the subscriber by receiving COPY data from the publisher and then
providing it locally into a COPY that writes to the destination table.

A WAL receiver can now execute full SQL commands.  This is used here to
obtain information about tables and publications.

Several new options were added to CREATE and ALTER SUBSCRIPTION to
control whether and when initial table syncing happens.

Change pg_dump option --no-create-subscription-slots to
--no-subscription-connect and use the new CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
... NOCONNECT option for that.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
2017-03-23 08:55:37 -04:00
Stephen Frost 017e4f2588 Expose waitforarchive option through pg_stop_backup()
Internally, we have supported the option to either wait for all of the
WAL associated with a backup to be archived, or to return immediately.
This option is useful to users of pg_stop_backup() as well, when they
are reading the stop backup record position and checking that the WAL
they need has been archived independently.

This patch adds an additional, optional, argument to pg_stop_backup()
which allows the user to indicate if they wish to wait for the WAL to be
archived or not.  The default matches current behavior, which is to
wait.

Author: David Steele, with some minor changes, doc updates by me.
Reviewed by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/758e3fd1-45b4-5e28-75cd-e9e7f93a4c02@pgmasters.net
2017-03-22 23:44:58 -04:00
Robert Haas befd73c50f Add pg_ls_logdir() and pg_ls_waldir() functions.
These functions are intended to be used by monitoring tools, and,
unlike pg_ls_dir(), access to them can be granted to non-superusers,
so that those monitoring tools can observe the principle of least
privilege.

Dave Page, revised by me, and also reviewed a bit by Thomas Munro.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+OCxow-X=D2fWdKy+HP+vQ1LtrgbsYQ=CshzZBqyFT5jOYrFw@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-16 15:05:02 -04:00
Stephen Frost c583234662 Bump catversion for MACADDR8
Pointed out by Robert.
2017-03-15 11:19:39 -04:00
Stephen Frost c7a9fa399d Add support for EUI-64 MAC addresses as macaddr8
This adds in support for EUI-64 MAC addresses by adding a new data type
called 'macaddr8' (using our usual convention of indicating the number
of bytes stored).

This was largely a copy-and-paste from the macaddr data type, with
appropriate adjustments for having 8 bytes instead of 6 and adding
support for converting a provided EUI-48 (6 byte format) to the EUI-64
format.  Conversion from EUI-48 to EUI-64 inserts FFFE as the 4th and
5th bytes but does not perform the IPv6 modified EUI-64 action of
flipping the 7th bit, but we add a function to perform that specific
action for the user as it may be commonly done by users who wish to
calculate their IPv6 address based on their network prefix and 48-bit
MAC address.

Author: Haribabu Kommi, with a good bit of rework of macaddr8_in by me.
Reviewed by: Vitaly Burovoy, Kuntal Ghosh

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGcUi8ZH+KkK+=TctNQ+EfkeCEHtMU_yo1mvX8hsk_ghNQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-15 11:16:25 -04:00
Tom Lane 8b358b42f8 Change the relkind for partitioned tables from 'P' to 'p'.
Seven of the eight other relkind codes are lower-case, so it wasn't
consistent for this one to be upper-case.  Fix it while we still can.

Historical notes: the reason for the lone exception, i.e. sequences being
'S', is that 's' was once used for "special" relations.  Also, at one time
the partitioned-tables patch used both 'P' and 'p', but that got changed,
leaving only a surprising choice behind.

This also fixes a couple little bits of technical debt, such as
type_sanity.sql not knowing that 'm' is a legal value for relkind.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27899.1488909319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-10 13:15:47 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera fcec6caafa Support XMLTABLE query expression
XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows
turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used
as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query.

This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance
benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom
implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms
using XMLTABLE.  (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds
using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using
XMLReader under PL/Python).

The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard
requires.  First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is
optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we
make it mandatory and accept a single document only.  Second, we don't
currently support a default namespace to be specified.

This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded
method table.  (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility
in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of
this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.)

Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera
Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 12:40:26 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 818fd4a67d Support SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication (RFC 5802 and 7677).
This introduces a new generic SASL authentication method, similar to the
GSS and SSPI methods. The server first tells the client which SASL
authentication mechanism to use, and then the mechanism-specific SASL
messages are exchanged in AuthenticationSASLcontinue and PasswordMessage
messages. Only SCRAM-SHA-256 is supported at the moment, but this allows
adding more SASL mechanisms in the future, without changing the overall
protocol.

Support for channel binding, aka SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS is left for later.

The SASLPrep algorithm, for pre-processing the password, is not yet
implemented. That could cause trouble, if you use a password with
non-ASCII characters, and a client library that does implement SASLprep.
That will hopefully be added later.

Authorization identities, as specified in the SCRAM-SHA-256 specification,
are ignored. SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION provides more or less the same
functionality, anyway.

If a user doesn't exist, perform a "mock" authentication, by constructing
an authentic-looking challenge on the fly. The challenge is derived from
a new system-wide random value, "mock authentication nonce", which is
created at initdb, and stored in the control file. We go through these
motions, in order to not give away the information on whether the user
exists, to unauthenticated users.

Bumps PG_CONTROL_VERSION, because of the new field in control file.

Patch by Michael Paquier and Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed at different
stages by Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, David Steele, Aleksander Alekseev,
and many others.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqRbR3GmFYdedCAhzukfKrgBLTLtMvENOmPrVWREsZkF8g%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqSMXU35g%3DW9X74HVeQp0uvgJxvYOuA4A-A3M%2B0wfEBv-w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/55192AFE.6080106@iki.fi
2017-03-07 14:25:40 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 8b6d6cf853 Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects
In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects
by a list of name components and an optional argument list.  But this
doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of
hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have
to be unpacked at the other end.  This makes it also weird to represent
lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists
of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently.  The other
problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward
to deal with lists of functions.

Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to
object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and
managed using the normal Node mechanisms.  In many cases it will still
be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types
it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the
existing ObjectWithArgs node type.  Some of the more obscure object
types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Robert Haas 9fe3c644a7 Mark pg_start_backup and pg_stop_backup as parallel-restricted.
They depend on backend-private state that will not be synchronized by
the parallel machinery, so they should not be marked parallel-safe.
This issue also exists in 9.6, but we obviously can't do anything
about 9.6 clusters that already exist.  Possibly this could be
back-patched so that future 9.6 clusters would come out OK, or
possibly we should back-patch some other fix, but that would need more
discussion.

David Steele, reviewed by Michael Paquier

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYCWfO2UM-t=HUMFJyxJywLDiLL0nAJpx88LKtvBvNECw@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-06 12:41:55 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 6f236e1eb8 psql: Add tab completion for logical replication
Add tab completion for publications and subscriptions.  Also, to be able
to get a list of subscriptions, make pg_subscription world-readable but
revoke access to subconninfo using column privileges.

From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-03 14:13:48 -05:00
Robert Haas 19dc233c32 Add pg_current_logfile() function.
The syslogger will write out the current stderr and csvlog names, if
it's running and there are any, to a new file in the data directory
called "current_logfiles".  We take care to remove this file when it
might no longer be valid (but not at shutdown).  The function
pg_current_logfile() can be used to read the entries in the file.

Gilles Darold, reviewed and modified by Karl O.  Pinc, Michael
Paquier, and me.  Further review by Álvaro Herrera and Christoph Berg.
2017-03-03 11:43:11 +05:30
Robert Haas 5a73e17317 Improve error reporting for tuple-routing failures.
Currently, the whole row is shown without column names.  Instead,
adopt a style similar to _bt_check_unique() in ExecFindPartition()
and show the failing key: (key1, ...) = (val1, ...).

Amit Langote, per a complaint from Simon Riggs.  Reviewed by me;
I also adjusted the grammar in one of the comments.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9f9dc7ae-14f0-4a25-5485-964d9bfc19bd@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-03 09:09:52 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut 005638e988 Fix naming inconsistency
subobjid -> objsubid

From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 12:22:33 -05:00
Tom Lane d28aafb6dd Remove pg_control's enableIntTimes field.
We don't need it any more.

pg_controldata continues to report that date/time type storage is
"64-bit integers", but that's now a hard-wired behavior not something
it sees in the data.  This avoids breaking pg_upgrade, and perhaps other
utilities that inspect pg_control this way.  Ditto for pg_resetwal.

I chose to remove the "bigint_timestamps" output column of
pg_control_init(), though, as that function hasn't been around long
and probably doesn't have ossified users.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-23 12:23:12 -05:00
Robert Haas 5d40286985 Fix wrong articles in pg_proc descriptions.
This technically should involve a catversion bump, but that seems
pedantic, so I skipped it.

Report and patch by David Christensen.
2017-02-15 12:13:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2ea5b06c7a Add CREATE SEQUENCE AS <data type> clause
This stores a data type, required to be an integer type, with the
sequence.  The sequences min and max values default to the range
supported by the type, and they cannot be set to values exceeding that
range.  The internal implementation of the sequence is not affected.

Change the serial types to create sequences of the appropriate type.
This makes sure that the min and max values of the sequence for a serial
column match the range of values supported by the table column.  So the
sequence can no longer overflow the table column.

This also makes monitoring for sequence exhaustion/wraparound easier,
which currently requires various contortions to cross-reference the
sequences with the table columns they are used with.

This commit also effectively reverts the pg_sequence column reordering
in f3b421da5f, because the new seqtypid
column allows us to fill the hole in the struct and create a more
natural overall column ordering.

Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-02-10 15:34:35 -05:00
Robert Haas 806091c96f Remove all references to "xlog" from SQL-callable functions in pg_proc.
Commit f82ec32ac3 renamed the pg_xlog
directory to pg_wal.  To make things consistent, and because "xlog" is
terrible terminology for either "transaction log" or "write-ahead log"
rename all SQL-callable functions that contain "xlog" in the name to
instead contain "wal".  (Note that this may pose an upgrade hazard for
some users.)

Similarly, rename the xlog_position argument of the functions that
create slots to be called wal_position.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+Tgmob=YmA=H3DbW1YuOXnFVgBheRmyDkWcD9M8f=5bGWYEoQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-09 15:10:09 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 181bdb90ba Fix typos in comments.
Backpatch to all supported versions, where applicable, to make backpatching
of future fixes go more smoothly.

Josh Soref

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACZqfqCf+5qRztLPgmmosr-B0Ye4srWzzw_mo4c_8_B_mtjmJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-06 11:33:58 +02:00
Tom Lane aedd554f84 Fix CatalogTupleInsert/Update abstraction for case of shared indstate.
Add CatalogTupleInsertWithInfo and CatalogTupleUpdateWithInfo to let
callers use the CatalogTupleXXX abstraction layer even in cases where
we want to share the results of CatalogOpenIndexes across multiple
inserts/updates for efficiency.  This finishes the job begun in commit
2f5c9d9c9, by allowing some remaining simple_heap_insert/update
calls to be replaced.  The abstraction layer is now complete enough
that we don't have to export CatalogIndexInsert at all anymore.

Also, this fixes several places in which 2f5c9d9c9 introduced performance
regressions by using retail CatalogTupleInsert or CatalogTupleUpdate even
though the previous coding had been able to amortize CatalogOpenIndexes
work across multiple tuples.

A possible future improvement is to arrange for the indexing.c functions
to cache the CatalogIndexState somewhere, maybe in the relcache, in which
case we could get rid of CatalogTupleInsertWithInfo and
CatalogTupleUpdateWithInfo again.  But that's a task for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27502.1485981379@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-01 17:18:36 -05:00
Tom Lane ab02896510 Provide CatalogTupleDelete() as a wrapper around simple_heap_delete().
This extends the work done in commit 2f5c9d9c9 to provide a more nearly
complete abstraction layer hiding the details of index updating for catalog
changes.  That commit only invented abstractions for catalog inserts and
updates, leaving nearby code for catalog deletes still calling the
heap-level routines directly.  That seems rather ugly from here, and it
does little to help if we ever want to shift to a storage system in which
indexing work is needed at delete time.

Hence, create a wrapper function CatalogTupleDelete(), and replace calls
of simple_heap_delete() on catalog tuples with it.  There are now very
few direct calls of [simple_]heap_delete remaining in the tree.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/462.1485902736@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-01 16:13:30 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 2f5c9d9c9c Tweak catalog indexing abstraction for upcoming WARM
Split the existing CatalogUpdateIndexes into two different routines,
CatalogTupleInsert and CatalogTupleUpdate, which do both the heap
insert/update plus the index update.  This removes over 300 lines of
boilerplate code all over src/backend/catalog/ and src/backend/commands.
The resulting code is much more pleasing to the eye.

Also, by encapsulating what happens in detail during an UPDATE, this
facilitates the upcoming WARM patch, which is going to add a few more
lines to the update case making the boilerplate even more boring.

The original CatalogUpdateIndexes is removed; there was only one use
left, and since it's just three lines, we can as well expand it in place
there.  We could keep it, but WARM is going to break all the UPDATE
out-of-core callsites anyway, so there seems to be no benefit in doing
so.

Author: Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://www.postgr.es/m/CABOikdOcFYSZ4vA2gYfs=M2cdXzXX4qGHeEiW3fu9PCfkHLa2A@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-31 18:42:24 -03:00
Tom Lane de16ab7238 Invent pg_hba_file_rules view to show the content of pg_hba.conf.
This view is designed along the same lines as pg_file_settings, to wit
it shows what is currently in the file, not what the postmaster has
loaded as the active settings.  That allows it to be used to pre-vet
edits before issuing SIGHUP.  As with the earlier view, go out of our
way to allow errors in the file to be reflected in the view, to assist
that use-case.

(We might at some point invent a view to show the current active settings,
but this is not that patch; and it's not trivial to do.)

Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs,
and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGerH4jiwpcXT1-46QXUDmNp2QDrG9+-Tek_xC8APHShYw@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-30 18:00:26 -05:00
Fujii Masao bdadf36eb4 Fix typo in description for pg_replication_origin_advance function. 2017-01-27 00:42:33 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 3d9e73ea5f Update copyright years in some recently added files 2017-01-25 12:32:05 -05:00
Tom Lane d8d32d9a56 Make UNKNOWN into an actual pseudo-type.
Previously, type "unknown" was labeled as a base type in pg_type, which
perhaps had some sense to it because you were allowed to create tables with
unknown-type columns.  But now that we don't allow that, it makes more
sense to label it a pseudo-type.  This has the additional effects of
forbidding use of "unknown" as a domain base type, cast source or target
type, PL function argument or result type, or plpgsql local variable type;
all of which seem like good holes to plug.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28uwwbL9HUM-WR=hromW1Cvamkn7O-g8fPY2m=_7muJ0oA@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-25 09:27:09 -05:00
Robert Haas 27cdb3414b Reindent table partitioning code.
We've accumulated quite a bit of stuff with which pgindent is not
quite happy in this code; clean it up to provide a less-annoying base
for future pgindent runs.
2017-01-24 10:20:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut b480086760 Add more includes so header files are self-contained 2017-01-21 15:49:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut e4c27f5bef Bump catversion 2017-01-20 09:07:13 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 665d1fad99 Logical replication
- Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL
- Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL
- Define logical replication protocol and output plugin
- Add logical replication workers

From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-20 09:04:49 -05:00
Robert Haas 05bd889904 Fix RETURNING to work correctly with partition tuple routing.
In ExecInsert(), do not switch back to the root partitioned table
ResultRelInfo until after we finish ExecProcessReturning(), so that
RETURNING projection is done using the partition's descriptor.  For
the projection to work correctly, we must initialize the same for each
leaf partition during ModifyTableState initialization.

Amit Langote
2017-01-19 13:20:11 -05:00
Magnus Hagander d00ca333c3 Implement array version of jsonb_delete and operator
This makes it possible to delete multiple keys from a jsonb value by
passing in an array of text values, which makes the operaiton much
faster than individually deleting the keys (which would require copying
the jsonb structure over and over again.

Reviewed by Dmitry Dolgov and Michael Paquier
2017-01-18 21:37:59 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut aa17c06fb5 Add function to import operating system collations
Move this logic out of initdb into a user-callable function.  This
simplifies the code and makes it possible to update the standard
collations later on if additional operating system collations appear.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler@timbira.com.br>
2017-01-18 09:35:56 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 352a24a1f9 Generate fmgr prototypes automatically
Gen_fmgrtab.pl creates a new file fmgrprotos.h, which contains
prototypes for all functions registered in pg_proc.h.  This avoids
having to manually maintain these prototypes across a random variety of
header files.  It also automatically enforces a correct function
signature, and since there are warnings about missing prototypes, it
will detect functions that are defined but not registered in
pg_proc.h (or otherwise used).

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 14:06:07 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 323b96aa34 Register missing money operators in system catalogs
The operators money*int8, int8*money, and money/int8 were implemented in
code but not registered in pg_operator or pg_proc.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 12:36:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 6fc547960d Rename C symbols for backend lo_ functions
Rename the C symbols for lo_* to be_lo_*, so they don't conflict with
libpq prototypes.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 12:35:30 -05:00
Tom Lane ab1f0c8225 Change representation of statement lists, and add statement location info.
This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of
representation of lists of statements.  It's always been the case
that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever
the types of the individual statements in the list.  This patch brings
similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps:

* The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes;
the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that.

* The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt
nodes, even for utility statements.  In the case of a utility statement,
"planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around
the utility node.  This list representation is now used in Portal and
CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing
PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes.

Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending
on how far along it is in processing.  This allows changing many places
that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific
pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed,
as well as improving code clarity.

Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed
so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc.  That is, the contained
SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped
around to be the other way.  It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt
that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY.
That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields.
(I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places,
it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.)

Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid
of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility
statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and
only if it's the only one in its list.  While I see no near-term need for
relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery.

The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the
wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement.  This will affect
all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see
the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed.
(Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected
code.)

There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through
cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick.
This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should
have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions
know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK.

Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt
nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes.  This allows
more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains
multiple statements.  This patch doesn't actually do anything with the
information, but a follow-on patch will.  (Passing this information through
cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all
good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.)

catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query
affects stored rules.

This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did
a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
2017-01-14 16:02:35 -05:00
Robert Haas 0563a3a8b5 Fix a bug in how we generate partition constraints.
Move the code for doing parent attnos to child attnos mapping for Vars
in partition constraint expressions to a separate function
map_partition_varattnos() and call it from the appropriate places.
Doing it in get_qual_from_partbound(), as is now, would produce wrong
result in certain multi-level partitioning cases, because it only
considers the current pair of parent-child relations.  In certain
multi-level partitioning cases, attnums for the same key attribute(s)
might differ between various levels causing the same attribute to be
numbered differently in different instances of the Var corresponding
to a given attribute.

With this commit, in generate_partition_qual(), we first generate the
the whole partition constraint (considering all levels of partitioning)
and then do the mapping, so that Vars in the final expression are
numbered according the leaf relation (to which it is supposed to apply).

Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
2017-01-13 14:04:35 -05:00
Robert Haas 18fc5192a6 Remove unnecessary arguments from partitioning functions.
RelationGetPartitionQual() and generate_partition_qual() are always
called with recurse = true, so we don't need an argument for that.

Extracted by me from a larger patch by Amit Langote.
2017-01-04 14:56:37 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 1d25779284 Update copyright via script for 2017 2017-01-03 13:48:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 27866bd1e8 Expand ad-hoc unit abbreviations in function descriptions
There is no need to use abbreviations here, so just write it out for
consistency.
2016-12-29 11:15:01 -05:00
Tom Lane fe591f8bf6 Replace enum InhOption with simple boolean.
Now that it has only INH_NO and INH_YES values, it's just weird that
it's not a plain bool, so make it that way.

Also rename RangeVar.inhOpt to "inh", to be like RangeTblEntry.inh.
My recollection is that we gave it a different name specifically because
it had a different representation than the derived bool value, but it
no longer does.  And this is a good forcing function to be sure we
catch any places that are affected by the change.

Bump catversion because of possible effect on stored RangeVar nodes.
I'm not exactly convinced that we ever store RangeVar on disk, but
we have a readfuncs function for it, so be cautious.  (If we do do so,
then commit e13486eba was in error not to bump catversion.)

Follow-on to commit e13486eba.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYe+EG7LdYX6pkcNxr4ygkP4+A=jm9o-CPXyOvRiCNwaQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-23 13:35:18 -05:00
Robert Haas 2ac3ef7a01 Fix tuple routing in cases where tuple descriptors don't match.
The previous coding failed to work correctly when we have a
multi-level partitioned hierarchy where tables at successive levels
have different attribute numbers for the partition key attributes.  To
fix, have each PartitionDispatch object store a standalone
TupleTableSlot initialized with the TupleDesc of the corresponding
partitioned table, along with a TupleConversionMap to map tuples from
the its parent's rowtype to own rowtype.  After tuple routing chooses
a leaf partition, we must use the leaf partition's tuple descriptor,
not the root table's.  To that end, a dedicated TupleTableSlot for
tuple routing is now allocated in EState.

Amit Langote
2016-12-22 17:36:37 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut f3b421da5f Reorder pg_sequence columns to avoid alignment issue
On AIX, doubles are aligned at 4 bytes, but int64 is aligned at 8 bytes.
Our code assumes that doubles have alignment that can also be applied to
int64, but that fails in this case.  One effect is that
heap_form_tuple() writes tuples in a different layout than
Form_pg_sequence expects.

Rather than rewrite the whole alignment code, work around the issue by
reordering the columns in pg_sequence so that the first int64 column
naturally comes out at an 8-byte boundary.
2016-12-21 09:06:49 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 1753b1b027 Add pg_sequence system catalog
Move sequence metadata (start, increment, etc.) into a proper system
catalog instead of storing it in the sequence heap object.  This
separates the metadata from the sequence data.  Sequence metadata is now
operated on transactionally by DDL commands, whereas previously
rollbacks of sequence-related DDL commands would be ignored.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-12-20 08:28:18 -05:00
Robert Haas 7cd0fd655d Invalid parent's relcache after CREATE TABLE .. PARTITION OF.
Otherwise, subsequent commands in the same transaction see the wrong
partition descriptor.

Amit Langote.  Reported by Tomas Vondra and David Fetter.  Reviewed
by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/22dd313b-d7fd-22b5-0787-654845c8f849%402ndquadrant.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20161215090916.GB20659%40fetter.org
2016-12-19 22:53:30 -05:00
Robert Haas 4b9a98e154 Clean up code, comments, and formatting for table partitioning.
Amit Langote, plus pgindent-ing by me.  Inspired in part by review
comments from Tomas Vondra.
2016-12-13 10:59:14 -05:00
Tom Lane 9b3d02c2a9 Catversion bump for temporary replication slots.
Missed in commit a924c327e2.
Per Fujii Masao.
2016-12-12 14:41:49 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut a924c327e2 Add support for temporary replication slots
This allows creating temporary replication slots that are removed
automatically at the end of the session or on error.

From: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-12 08:38:17 -05:00
Tom Lane 0b78106cd4 Fix reporting of column typmods for multi-row VALUES constructs.
expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() reported the exprType() and
exprTypmod() values of the expressions in the first row of the VALUES as
being the column type/typmod returned by the VALUES RTE.  That's fine for
the data type, since we coerce all expressions in a column to have the same
common type.  But we don't coerce them to have a common typmod, so it was
possible for rows after the first one to return values that violate the
claimed column typmod.  This leads to the incorrect result seen in bug
#14448 from Hassan Mahmood, as well as some other corner-case misbehaviors.

The desired behavior is the same as we use in other type-unification
cases: report the common typmod if there is one, but otherwise return -1
indicating no particular constraint.  It's cheap for transformValuesClause
to determine the common typmod while transforming a multi-row VALUES, but
it'd be less cheap for expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() to
re-determine that info every time they're asked --- possibly a lot less
cheap, if the VALUES has many rows.  Therefore, the best fix is to record
the common typmods explicitly in a list in the VALUES RTE, as we were
already doing for column collations.  This looks quite a bit like what
we're doing for CTE RTEs, so we can save a little bit of space and code by
unifying the representation for those two RTE types.  They both now share
coltypes/coltypmods/colcollations fields.  (At some point it might seem
desirable to populate those fields for all RTE types; but right now it
looks like constructing them for other RTE types would add more code and
cycles than it would save.)

The RTE change requires a catversion bump, so this fix is only usable
in HEAD.  If we fix this at all in the back branches, the patch will
need to look quite different.

Report: https://postgr.es/m/20161205143037.4377.60754@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27429.1480968538@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-08 11:40:02 -05:00
Robert Haas f0e44751d7 Implement table partitioning.
Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the
existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences.
The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may
not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no
sense for a relation with no data of its own.  The children are called
partitions and contain all of the actual data.  Each partition has an
implicit partitioning constraint.  Multiple inheritance is not
allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed.  Partitions
can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent
does.  Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the
correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed.
Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign
tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries.

Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned.  List
partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can
involve multiple columns.  A partitioning "column" can be an
expression.

Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it
is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of
partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation
for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner
optimizations.  The tuple routing based which this patch does based on
the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it
seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible.

Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat,
Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova,
Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others.  Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 13:17:55 -05:00
Stephen Frost cb9dcbc1ee Bump catversion for restrictive RLS changes
Mea culpa.

Pointed out by Andres.
2016-12-06 10:12:31 -05:00
Stephen Frost 093129c9d9 Add support for restrictive RLS policies
We have had support for restrictive RLS policies since 9.5, but they
were only available through extensions which use the appropriate hooks.
This adds support into the grammer, catalog, psql and pg_dump for
restrictive RLS policies, thus reducing the cases where an extension is
necessary.

In passing, also move away from using "AND"d and "OR"d in comments.
As pointed out by Alvaro, it's not really appropriate to attempt
to make verbs out of "AND" and "OR", so reword those comments which
attempted to.

Reviewed By: Jeevan Chalke, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160901063404.GY4028@tamriel.snowman.net
2016-12-05 15:50:55 -05:00
Tom Lane b3427dade1 Delete deleteWhatDependsOn() in favor of more performDeletion() flag bits.
deleteWhatDependsOn() had grown an uncomfortably large number of
assumptions about what it's used for.  There are actually only two minor
differences between what it does and what a regular performDeletion() call
can do, so let's invent additional bits in performDeletion's existing flags
argument that specify those behaviors, and get rid of deleteWhatDependsOn()
as such.  (We'd probably have done it this way from the start, except that
performDeletion didn't originally have a flags argument, IIRC.)

Also, add a SKIP_EXTENSIONS flag bit that prevents ever recursing to an
extension, and use that when dropping temporary objects at session end.
This provides a more general solution to the problem addressed in a hacky
way in commit 08dd23cec: if an extension script creates temp objects and
forgets to remove them again, the whole extension went away when its
contained temp objects were deleted.  The previous solution only covered
temp relations, but this solves it for all object types.

These changes require minor additions in dependency.c to pass the flags
to subroutines that previously didn't get them, but it's still a net
savings of code, and it seems cleaner than before.

Having done this, revert the special-case code added in 08dd23cec that
prevented addition of pg_depend records for temp table extension
membership, because that caused its own oddities: dropping an extension
that had created such a table didn't automatically remove the table,
leading to a failure if the table had another dependency on the extension
(such as use of an extension data type), or to a duplicate-name failure if
you then tried to recreate the extension.  But we keep the part that
prevents the pg_temp_nnn schema from becoming an extension member; we never
want that to happen.  Add a regression test case covering these behaviors.

Although this fixes some arguable bugs, we've heard few field complaints,
and any such problems are easily worked around by explicitly dropping temp
objects at the end of extension scripts (which seems like good practice
anyway).  So I won't risk a back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e51f4311-f483-4dd0-1ccc-abec3c405110@BlueTreble.com
2016-12-02 14:57:55 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 67dc4ccbb2 Add pg_sequences view
Like pg_tables, pg_views, and others, this view contains information
about sequences in a way that is independent of the system catalog
layout but more comprehensive than the information schema.

To help implement the view, add a new internal function
pg_sequence_last_value() to return the last value of a sequence.  This
is kept separate from pg_sequence_parameters() to separate querying
run-time state from catalog-like information.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-11-18 14:59:03 -05:00
Kevin Grittner 8c48375e5f Implement syntax for transition tables in AFTER triggers.
This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature.  No
support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs.  The
intent is to add that soon.

As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores
to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement.
References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure.
C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable,
but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
2016-11-04 10:49:50 -05:00
Robert Haas f82ec32ac3 Rename "pg_xlog" directory to "pg_wal".
"xlog" is not a particularly clear abbreviation for "write-ahead log",
and it sometimes confuses users into believe that the contents of the
"pg_xlog" directory are not critical data, leading to unpleasant
consequences.  So, rename the directory to "pg_wal".

This patch modifies pg_upgrade and pg_basebackup to understand both
the old and new directory layouts; the former is necessary given the
purpose of the tool, while the latter merely avoids an unnecessary
backward-compatibility break.

We may wish to consider renaming other programs, switches, and
functions which still use the old "xlog" naming to also refer to
"wal".  However, that's still under discussion, so let's do just this
much for now.

Discussion: CAB7nPqTeC-8+zux8_-4ZD46V7YPwooeFxgndfsq5Rg8ibLVm1A@mail.gmail.com

Michael Paquier
2016-10-20 11:32:18 -04:00
Tom Lane 5c80642aa8 Remove unnecessary int2vector-specific hash function and equality operator.
These functions were originally added in commit d8cedf67a to support
use of int2vector columns as catcache lookup keys.  However, there are
no catcaches that use such columns.  (Indeed I now think it must always
have been dead code: a catcache with such a key column would need an
underlying unique index on the column, but we've never had an int2vector
btree opclass.)

Getting rid of the int2vector-specific operator and function does not
lose any functionality, because operations on int2vectors will now fall
back to the generic anyarray support.  This avoids a wart that a btree
index on an int2vector column (made using anyarray_ops) would fail to
match equality searches, because int2vectoreq wasn't a member of the
opclass.  We don't really care much about that, since int2vector is not
meant as a type for users to use, but it's silly to have extra code and
less functionality.

If we ever do want a catcache to be indexed by an int2vector column,
we'd need to put back full btree and hash opclasses for int2vector,
comparable to the support for oidvector.  (The anyarray code can't be
used at such a low level, because it needs to do catcache lookups.)
But we'll deal with that if/when the need arises.

Also worth noting is that removal of the hash int2vector_ops opclass will
break any user-created hash indexes on int2vector columns.  While hash
anyarray_ops would serve the same purpose, it would probably not compute
the same hash values and thus wouldn't be on-disk-compatible.  Given that
int2vector isn't a user-facing type and we're planning other incompatible
changes in hash indexes for v10 anyway, this doesn't seem like something
to worry about, but it's probably worth mentioning here.

Amit Langote

Discussion: <d9bb74f8-b194-7307-9ebd-90645d377e45@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-10-12 14:54:08 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas bb55dd6059 Fix copy-pasto in comment.
Amit Langote
2016-10-12 12:07:54 +03:00
Tom Lane fdc9186f7e Replace the built-in GIN array opclasses with a single polymorphic opclass.
We had thirty different GIN array opclasses sharing the same operators and
support functions.  That still didn't cover all the built-in types, nor
did it cover arrays of extension-added types.  What we want is a single
polymorphic opclass for "anyarray".  There were two missing features needed
to make this possible:

1. We have to be able to declare the index storage type as ANYELEMENT
when the opclass is declared to index ANYARRAY.  This just takes a few
more lines in index_create().  Although this currently seems of use only
for GIN, there's no reason to make index_create() restrict it to that.

2. We have to be able to identify the proper GIN compare function for
the index storage type.  This patch proceeds by making the compare function
optional in GIN opclass definitions, and specifying that the default btree
comparison function for the index storage type will be looked up when the
opclass omits it.  Again, that seems pretty generically useful.

Since the comparison function lookup is done in initGinState(), making
use of the second feature adds an additional cache lookup to GIN index
access setup.  It seems unlikely that that would be very noticeable given
the other costs involved, but maybe at some point we should consider
making GinState data persist longer than it now does --- we could keep it
in the index relcache entry, perhaps.

Rather fortuitously, we don't seem to need to do anything to get this
change to play nice with dump/reload or pg_upgrade scenarios: the new
opclass definition is automatically selected to replace existing index
definitions, and the on-disk data remains compatible.  Also, if a user has
created a custom opclass definition for a non-builtin type, this doesn't
break that, since CREATE INDEX will prefer an exact match to opcintype
over a match to ANYARRAY.  However, if there's anyone out there with
handwritten DDL that explicitly specifies _bool_ops or one of the other
replaced opclass names, they'll need to adjust that.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Enrique Meneses

Discussion: <14436.1470940379@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-26 14:52:44 -04:00
Tom Lane a4c35ea1c2 Improve parser's and planner's handling of set-returning functions.
Teach the parser to reject misplaced set-returning functions during parse
analysis using p_expr_kind, in much the same way as we do for aggregates
and window functions (cf commit eaccfded9).  While this isn't complete
(it misses nesting-based restrictions), it's much better than the previous
error reporting for such cases, and it allows elimination of assorted
ad-hoc expression_returns_set() error checks.  We could add nesting checks
later if it seems important to catch all cases at parse time.

There is one case the parser will now throw error for although previous
versions allowed it, which is SRFs in the tlist of an UPDATE.  That never
behaved sensibly (since it's ill-defined which generated row should be
used to perform the update) and it's hard to see why it should not be
treated as an error.  It's a release-note-worthy change though.

Also, add a new Query field hasTargetSRFs reporting whether there are
any SRFs in the targetlist (including GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions).
The parser can now set that basically for free during parse analysis,
and we can use it in a number of places to avoid expression_returns_set
searches.  (There will be more such checks soon.)  In some places, this
allows decontorting the logic since it's no longer expensive to check for
SRFs in the tlist --- so I made the checks parallel to the handling of
hasAggs/hasWindowFuncs wherever it seemed appropriate.

catversion bump because adding a Query field changes stored rules.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: <24639.1473782855@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-13 13:54:24 -04:00
Tom Lane 0ab9c56d0f Support renaming an existing value of an enum type.
Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin.

In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists
to clarify what it actually does.  In the discussion of this patch
we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS
on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name.  This
patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later.

Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli

Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-07 16:11:56 -04:00
Tom Lane b899ccbb49 Fix stray reference to the old genbki.sh script.
Per Tomas Vondra.
2016-08-28 17:44:29 -04:00
Tom Lane 77e2906821 Create an SP-GiST opclass for inet/cidr.
This seems to offer significantly better search performance than the
existing GiST opclass for inet/cidr, at least on data with a wide mix
of network mask lengths.  (That may suggest that the data splitting
heuristics in the GiST opclass could be improved.)

Emre Hasegeli, with mostly-cosmetic adjustments by me

Discussion: <CAE2gYzxtth9qatW_OAqdOjykS0bxq7AYHLuyAQLPgT7H9ZU0Cw@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-23 15:16:30 -04:00
Robert Haas 86f31695f3 Add txid_current_ifassigned().
Add a variant of txid_current() that returns NULL if no transaction ID
is assigned.  This version can be used even on a standby server,
although it will always return NULL since no transaction IDs can be
assigned during recovery.

Craig Ringer, per suggestion from Jim Nasby.  Reviewed by Petr Jelinek
and by me.
2016-08-23 10:30:52 -04:00
Tom Lane 8299471c37 Use LEFT JOINs in some system views in case referenced row doesn't exist.
In particular, left join to pg_authid so that rows in pg_stat_activity
don't disappear if the session's owning user has been dropped.
Also convert a few joins to pg_database to left joins, in the same spirit,
though that case might be harder to hit.  We were doing this in other
views already, so it was a bit inconsistent that these views didn't.

Oskari Saarenmaa, with some further tweaking by me

Discussion: <56E87CD8.60007@ohmu.fi>
2016-08-19 17:13:47 -04:00
Tom Lane cf9b0fea5f Implement regexp_match(), a simplified alternative to regexp_matches().
regexp_match() is like regexp_matches(), but it disallows the 'g' flag
and in consequence does not need to return a set.  Instead, it returns
a simple text array value, or NULL if there's no match.  Previously people
usually got that behavior with a sub-select, but this way is considerably
more efficient.

Documentation adjusted so that regexp_match() is presented first and then
regexp_matches() is introduced as a more complicated version.  This is
a bit historically revisionist but seems pedagogically better.

Still TODO: extend contrib/citext to support this function.

Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by David Johnston

Discussion: <CAE2gYzy42sna2ME_e3y1KLQ-4UBrB-eVF0SWn8QG39sQSeVhEw@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-17 18:33:01 -04:00
Tom Lane 0bb51aa967 Improve parsetree representation of special functions such as CURRENT_DATE.
We implement a dozen or so parameterless functions that the SQL standard
defines special syntax for.  Up to now, that was done by converting them
into more or less ad-hoc constructs such as "'now'::text::date".  That's
messy for multiple reasons: it exposes what should be implementation
details to users, and performance is worse than it needs to be in several
cases.  To improve matters, invent a new expression node type
SQLValueFunction that can represent any of these parameterless functions.

Bump catversion because this changes stored parsetrees for rules.

Discussion: <30058.1463091294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-16 20:33:01 -04:00
Tom Lane ed0097e4f9 Add SQL-accessible functions for inspecting index AM properties.
Per discussion, we should provide such functions to replace the lost
ability to discover AM properties by inspecting pg_am (cf commit
65c5fcd35).  The added functionality is also meant to displace any code
that was looking directly at pg_index.indoption, since we'd rather not
believe that the bit meanings in that field are part of any client API
contract.

As future-proofing, define the SQL API to not assume that properties that
are currently AM-wide or index-wide will remain so unless they logically
must be; instead, expose them only when inquiring about a specific index
or even specific index column.  Also provide the ability for an index
AM to override the behavior.

In passing, document pg_am.amtype, overlooked in commit 473b93287.

Andrew Gierth, with kibitzing by me and others

Discussion: <87mvl5on7n.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk>
2016-08-13 18:31:14 -04:00
Tom Lane 95bee941be Fix misestimation of n_distinct for a nearly-unique column with many nulls.
If ANALYZE found no repeated non-null entries in its sample, it set the
column's stadistinct value to -1.0, intending to indicate that the entries
are all distinct.  But what this value actually means is that the number
of distinct values is 100% of the table's rowcount, and thus it was
overestimating the number of distinct values by however many nulls there
are.  This could lead to very poor selectivity estimates, as for example
in a recent report from Andreas Joseph Krogh.  We should discount the
stadistinct value by whatever we've estimated the nulls fraction to be.
(That is what will happen if we choose to use a negative stadistinct for
a column that does have repeated entries, so this code path was just
inconsistent.)

In addition to fixing the stadistinct entries stored by several different
ANALYZE code paths, adjust the logic where get_variable_numdistinct()
forces an "all distinct" estimate on the basis of finding a relevant unique
index.  Unique indexes don't reject nulls, so there's no reason to assume
that the null fraction doesn't apply.

Back-patch to all supported branches.  Back-patching is a bit of a judgment
call, but this problem seems to affect only a few users (else we'd have
identified it long ago), and it's bad enough when it does happen that
destabilizing plan choices in a worse direction seems unlikely.

Patch by me, with documentation wording suggested by Dean Rasheed

Report: <VisenaEmail.26.df42f82acae38a58.156463942b8@tc7-visena>
Discussion: <16143.1470350371@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-07 18:52:02 -04:00
Tom Lane a3c7a993d5 Make INSERT-from-multiple-VALUES-rows handle targetlist indirection better.
Previously, if an INSERT with multiple rows of VALUES had indirection
(array subscripting or field selection) in its target-columns list, the
parser handled that by applying transformAssignedExpr() to each element
of each VALUES row independently.  This led to having ArrayRef assignment
nodes or FieldStore nodes in each row of the VALUES RTE.  That works for
simple cases, but in bug #14265 Nuri Boardman points out that it fails
if there are multiple assignments to elements/fields of the same target
column.  For such cases to work, rewriteTargetListIU() has to nest the
ArrayRefs or FieldStores together to produce a single expression to be
assigned to the column.  But it failed to find them in the top-level
targetlist and issued an error about "multiple assignments to same column".

We could possibly fix this by teaching the rewriter to apply
rewriteTargetListIU to each VALUES row separately, but that would be messy
(it would change the output rowtype of the VALUES RTE, for example) and
inefficient.  Instead, let's fix the parser so that the VALUES RTE outputs
are just the user-specified values, cast to the right type if necessary,
and then the ArrayRefs or FieldStores are applied in the top-level
targetlist to Vars representing the RTE's outputs.  This is the same
parsetree representation already used for similar cases with INSERT/SELECT
syntax, so it allows simplifications in ruleutils.c, which no longer needs
to treat INSERT-from-multiple-VALUES as its own special case.

This implementation works by applying transformAssignedExpr to the VALUES
entries as before, and then stripping off any ArrayRefs or FieldStores it
adds.  With lots of VALUES rows it would be noticeably more efficient to
not add those nodes in the first place.  But that's just an optimization
not a bug fix, and there doesn't seem to be any good way to do it without
significant refactoring.  (A non-invasive answer would be to apply
transformAssignedExpr + stripping to just the first VALUES row, and then
just forcibly cast remaining rows to the same data types exposed in the
first row.  But this way would lead to different, not-INSERT-specific
errors being reported in casting failure cases, so it doesn't seem very
nice.)  So leave that for later; this patch at least isn't making the
per-row parsing work worse, and it does make the finished parsetree
smaller, saving rewriter and planner work.

Catversion bump because stored rules containing such INSERTs would need
to change.  Because of that, no back-patch, even though this is a very
long-standing bug.

Report: <20160727005725.7438.26021@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Discussion: <9578.1469645245@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-03 16:37:03 -04:00
Fujii Masao dd5eb805d5 Remove unused arguments from pg_replication_origin_xact_reset function.
The document specifies that pg_replication_origin_xact_reset function
doesn't have any argument variables. But previously it was actually
defined so as to have two argument variables, though they were not
used at all. That is, the pg_proc entry for that function was incorrect.
This patch fixes the pg_proc entry and removes those two arguments
from the function definition.

No back-patch because this change needs a catalog version bump
although the issue exists in 9.5 as well. Instead, a note about those
unused argument variables will be added to 9.5 document later.

Catalog version bumped due to the change of pg_proc.
2016-08-02 02:43:17 +09:00
Tom Lane 99dd8b05aa Advance PG_CONTROL_VERSION.
This should have been done in commit 73c986adde which added several
new fields to pg_control, and again in commit 5028f22f6e which
changed the CRC algorithm, but it wasn't.  It's far too late to fix it in
the 9.5 branch, but let's do so in 9.6, so that if a 9.6 postmaster is
started against a 9.4-era pg_control it will complain about a versioning
problem rather than a CRC failure.  We already forced initdb/pg_upgrade
for beta3, so there's no downside to doing this now.

Discussion: <7615.1468598094@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-07-16 12:49:14 -04:00
Fujii Masao 60d50769b7 Rename pg_stat_wal_receiver.conn_info to conninfo.
Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, conninfo is better as the column name
because it's more commonly used in PostgreSQL.

Catalog version bumped due to the change of pg_proc.

Author: Michael Paquier
2016-07-07 12:59:39 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 9ed551e0a4 Add conninfo to pg_stat_wal_receiver
Commit b1a9bad9e7 introduced a stats view to provide insight into the
running WAL receiver, but neglected to include the connection string in
it, as reported by Michaël Paquier.  This commit fixes that omission.
(Any security-sensitive information is not disclosed).

While at it, close the mild security hole that we were exposing the
password in the connection string in shared memory.  This isn't
user-accessible, but it still looks like a good idea to avoid having the
cleartext password in memory.

Author: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Review by: Vik Fearing

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqStg4M561obo7ryZ5G+fUydG4v1Ajs1xZT1ujtu+woRag@mail.gmail.com
2016-06-29 16:57:17 -04:00
Tom Lane 19e972d558 Rethink node-level representation of partial-aggregation modes.
The original coding had three separate booleans representing partial
aggregation behavior, which was confusing, unreadable, and error-prone,
not least because the booleans weren't always listed in the same order.
It was also inadequate for the allegedly-desirable future extension to
support intermediate partial aggregation, because we'd need separate
markers for serialization and deserialization in such a case.

Merge these bools into an enum "AggSplit" to provide symbolic names for
the supported operating modes (and document what those are).  By assigning
the values of the enum constants carefully, we can treat AggSplit values
as options bitmasks so that tests of what to do aren't noticeably more
expensive than before.

While at it, get rid of Aggref.aggoutputtype.  That's not needed since
commit 59a3795c2 got rid of setrefs.c's special-purpose Aggref comparison
code, and it likewise seemed more confusing than helpful.

Assorted comment cleanup as well (there's still more that I want to do
in that line).

catversion bump for change in Aggref node contents.  Should be the last
one for partial-aggregation changes.

Discussion: <29309.1466699160@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-26 14:33:38 -04:00
Tom Lane f8ace5477e Fix type-safety problem with parallel aggregate serial/deserialization.
The original specification for this called for the deserialization function
to have signature "deserialize(serialtype) returns transtype", which is a
security violation if transtype is INTERNAL (which it always would be in
practice) and serialtype is not (which ditto).  The patch blithely overrode
the opr_sanity check for that, which was sloppy-enough work in itself,
but the indisputable reason this cannot be allowed to stand is that CREATE
FUNCTION will reject such a signature and thus it'd be impossible for
extensions to create parallelizable aggregates.

The minimum fix to make the signature type-safe is to add a second, dummy
argument of type INTERNAL.  But to lock it down a bit more and make misuse
of INTERNAL-accepting functions less likely, let's get rid of the ability
to specify a "serialtype" for an aggregate and just say that the only
useful serialtype is BYTEA --- which, in practice, is the only interesting
value anyway, due to the usefulness of the send/recv infrastructure for
this purpose.  That means we only have to allow "serialize(internal)
returns bytea" and "deserialize(bytea, internal) returns internal" as
the signatures for these support functions.

In passing fix bogus signature of int4_avg_combine, which I found thanks
to adding an opr_sanity check on combinefunc signatures.

catversion bump due to removing pg_aggregate.aggserialtype and adjusting
signatures of assorted built-in functions.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: <27247.1466185504@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-22 16:52:41 -04:00
Tom Lane 915b703e16 Fix handling of argument and result datatypes for partial aggregation.
When doing partial aggregation, the args list of the upper (combining)
Aggref node is replaced by a Var representing the output of the partial
aggregation steps, which has either the aggregate's transition data type
or a serialized representation of that.  However, nodeAgg.c blindly
continued to use the args list as an indication of the user-level argument
types.  This broke resolution of polymorphic transition datatypes at
executor startup (though it accidentally failed to fail for the ANYARRAY
case, which is likely the only one anyone had tested).  Moreover, the
constructed FuncExpr passed to the finalfunc contained completely wrong
information, which would have led to bogus answers or crashes for any case
where the finalfunc examined that information (which is only likely to be
with polymorphic aggregates using a non-polymorphic transition type).

As an independent bug, apply_partialaggref_adjustment neglected to resolve
a polymorphic transition datatype before assigning it as the output type
of the lower-level Aggref node.  This again accidentally failed to fail
for ANYARRAY but would be unlikely to work in other cases.

To fix the first problem, record the user-level argument types in a
separate OID-list field of Aggref, and look to that rather than the args
list when asking what the argument types were.  (It turns out to be
convenient to include any "direct" arguments in this list too, although
those are not currently subject to being overwritten.)

Rather than adding yet another resolve_aggregate_transtype() call to fix
the second problem, add an aggtranstype field to Aggref, and store the
resolved transition type OID there when the planner first computes it.
(By doing this in the planner and not the parser, we can allow the
aggregate's transition type to change from time to time, although no DDL
support yet exists for that.)  This saves nothing of consequence for
simple non-polymorphic aggregates, but for polymorphic transition types
we save a catalog lookup during executor startup as well as several
planner lookups that are new in 9.6 due to parallel query planning.

In passing, fix an error that was introduced into count_agg_clauses_walker
some time ago: it was applying exprTypmod() to something that wasn't an
expression node at all, but a TargetEntry.  exprTypmod silently returned
-1 so that there was not an obvious failure, but this broke the intended
sensitivity of aggregate space consumption estimates to the typmod of
varchar and similar data types.  This part needs to be back-patched.

Catversion bump due to change of stored Aggref nodes.

Discussion: <8229.1466109074@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-17 21:44:37 -04:00
Robert Haas 71d05a2c7b pg_visibility: Add pg_truncate_visibility_map function.
This requires some core changes as well so that we can properly
WAL-log the truncation.  Specifically, it changes the format of the
XLOG_SMGR_TRUNCATE WAL record, so bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.

Patch by me, reviewed but not fully endorsed by Andres Freund.
2016-06-17 17:37:30 -04:00
Robert Haas c7a25c242f Mark some functions parallel-unsafe.
currtid() and currtid2() call GetLatestSnapshot(), which fails in
parallel mode.  pg_export_snapshot() calls ExportSnapshot() which
attempts to assign an XID for the current transaction if it does not
already have one; that, too, will fail in parallel mode.

Andreas Seltenreich
2016-06-15 11:40:07 -04:00
Tom Lane cae1c788b9 Improve the situation for parallel query versus temp relations.
Transmit the leader's temp-namespace state to workers.  This is important
because without it, the workers do not really have the same search path
as the leader.  For example, there is no good reason (and no extant code
either) to prevent a worker from executing a temp function that the
leader created previously; but as things stood it would fail to find the
temp function, and then either fail or execute the wrong function entirely.

We still prohibit a worker from creating a temp namespace on its own.
In effect, a worker can only see the session's temp namespace if the leader
had created it before starting the worker, which seems like the right
semantics.

Also, transmit the leader's BackendId to workers, and arrange for workers
to use that when determining the physical file path of a temp relation
belonging to their session.  While the original intent was to prevent such
accesses entirely, there were a number of holes in that, notably in places
like dbsize.c which assume they can safely access temp rels of other
sessions anyway.  We might as well get this right, as a small down payment
on someday allowing workers to access the leader's temp tables.  (With
this change, directly using "MyBackendId" as a relation or buffer backend
ID is deprecated; you should use BackendIdForTempRelations() instead.
I left a couple of such uses alone though, as they're not going to be
reachable in parallel workers until we do something about localbuf.c.)

Move the thou-shalt-not-access-thy-leader's-temp-tables prohibition down
into localbuf.c, which is where it actually matters, instead of having it
in relation_open().  This amounts to recognizing that access to temp
tables' catalog entries is perfectly safe in a worker, it's only the data
in local buffers that is problematic.

Having done all that, we can get rid of the test in has_parallel_hazard()
that says that use of a temp table's rowtype is unsafe in parallel workers.
That test was unduly expensive, and if we really did need such a
prohibition, that was not even close to being a bulletproof guard for it.
(For example, any user-defined function executed in a parallel worker
might have attempted such access.)
2016-06-09 20:16:11 -04:00
Robert Haas 4bc424b968 pgindent run for 9.6 2016-06-09 18:02:36 -04:00
Tom Lane 7feb60c1bb Clarify documentation of ceil/ceiling/floor functions.
Document these as "nearest integer >= argument" and "nearest integer <=
argument", which will hopefully be less confusing than the old formulation.
New wording is from Matlab via Dean Rasheed.

I changed the pg_description entries as well as the SGML docs.  In the
back branches, this will only affect installations initdb'd in the future,
but it should be harmless otherwise.

Discussion: <CAEZATCW3yzJo-NMSiQs5jXNFbTsCEftZS-Og8=FvFdiU+kYuSA@mail.gmail.com>
2016-06-09 11:58:00 -04:00
Tom Lane 16ea51a263 Pin the built-in index access methods.
This was overlooked in commit 473b93287, which introduced DROP ACCESS
METHOD.  Although that command is restricted to superusers, we don't want
even superusers dropping the built-in methods; "DROP ACCESS METHOD btree"
in particular is unrecoverable from.  Pin these objects in the same way
that other initdb-created objects are pinned.

I chose to bump catversion for this fix.  That's not absolutely necessary
perhaps, but it will ensure that no 9.6 production systems are missing
the pin entries.
2016-05-19 14:40:02 -04:00
Tom Lane 1a2c17f8e2 Fix pg_upgrade to not fail when new-cluster TOAST rules differ from old.
This patch essentially reverts commit 4c6780fd17, in favor of a much
simpler solution for the case where the new cluster would choose to create
a TOAST table but the old cluster doesn't have one: just don't create a
TOAST table.

The existing code failed in at least two different ways if the situation
arose: (1) ALTER TABLE RESET didn't grab an exclusive lock, so that the
lock sanity check in create_toast_table failed; (2) pg_upgrade did not
provide a pg_type OID for the new toast table, so that the crosscheck in
TypeCreate failed.  While both these problems were introduced by later
patches, they show that the hack being used to cause TOAST table creation
is overwhelmingly fragile (and untested).  I also note that before the
TypeCreate crosscheck was added, the code would have resulted in assigning
an indeterminate pg_type OID to the toast table, possibly causing a later
OID conflict in that catalog; so that it didn't really work even when
committed.

If we simply don't create a TOAST table, there will only be a problem if
the code tries to store a tuple that's wider than a page, and field
compression isn't sufficient to get it under a page.  Given that the TOAST
creation threshold is intended to be about a quarter of a page, it's very
hard to believe that cross-version differences in the do-we-need-a-toast-
table heuristic could result in an observable problem.  So let's just
follow the old version's conclusion about whether a TOAST table is needed.

(If we ever do change needs_toast_table() so much that this conclusion
doesn't apply, we can devise a solution at that time, and hopefully do
it in a less klugy way than 4c6780fd17 did.)

Back-patch to 9.3, like the previous patch.

Discussion: <8110.1462291671@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-06 22:05:56 -04:00
Tom Lane 0b9a234432 Rename tsvector delete() to ts_delete(), and filter() to ts_filter().
The similarity of the original names to SQL keywords seems like a bad
idea.  Rename them before we're stuck with 'em forever.

In passing, minor code and docs cleanup.

Discussion: <4875.1462210058@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-05 19:43:32 -04:00
Robert Haas 9888b34fdb Fix more things to be parallel-safe.
Conversion functions were previously marked as parallel-unsafe, since
that is the default, but in fact they are safe.  Parallel-safe
functions defined in pg_proc.h and redefined in system_views.sql were
ending up as parallel-unsafe because the redeclarations were not
marked PARALLEL SAFE.  While editing system_views.sql, mark ts_debug()
parallel safe also.

Andreas Karlsson
2016-05-03 14:36:38 -04:00
Robert Haas 37d0c2cb1a Fix parallel safety markings for pg_start_backup.
Commit 7117685461 made pg_start_backup
parallel-restricted rather than parallel-safe, because it now relies
on backend-private state that won't be synchronized with the parallel
worker.  However, it didn't update pg_proc.h.  Separately, Andreas
Karlsson observed that system_views.sql neglected to reiterate the
parallel-safety markings whe redefining various functions, including
this one; so add a PARALLEL RESTRICTED declaration there to match
the new value in pg_proc.h.
2016-05-02 10:42:34 -04:00
Stephen Frost 7a542700df Create default roles
This creates an initial set of default roles which administrators may
use to grant access to, historically, superuser-only functions.  Using
these roles instead of granting superuser access reduces the number of
superuser roles required for a system.  Documention for each of the
default roles has been added to user-manag.sgml.

Bump catversion to 201604082, as we had a commit that bumped it to
201604081 and another that set it back to 201604071...

Reviews by José Luis Tallón and Robert Haas
2016-04-08 16:56:27 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev 8b99edefca Revert CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING ...
It's not ready yet, revert two commits
690c543550 - unstable test output
386e3d7609 - patch itself
2016-04-08 21:52:13 +03:00
Robert Haas af025eed53 Add combine functions for various floating-point aggregates.
This allows parallel aggregation to use them.  It may seem surprising
that we use float8_combine for both float4_accum and float8_accum
transition functions, but that's because those functions differ only
in the type of the non-transition-state argument.

Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by David Rowley and Tomas Vondra
2016-04-08 13:47:06 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev 386e3d7609 CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING (column[, ...])
Now indexes (but only B-tree for now) can contain "extra" column(s) which
doesn't participate in index structure, they are just stored in leaf
tuples. It allows to use index only scan by using single index instead
of two or more indexes.

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with minor editorializing by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Peter Geoghegan, Jeff Janes
2016-04-08 19:45:59 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev bb140506df Phrase full text search.
Patch introduces new text search operator (<-> or <DISTANCE>) into tsquery.
On-disk and binary in/out format of tsquery are backward compatible.
It has two side effect:
- change order for tsquery, so, users, who has a btree index over tsquery,
  should reindex it
- less number of parenthesis in tsquery output, and tsquery becomes more
  readable

Authors: Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Dmitry Ivanov
Reviewers: Alexander Korotkov, Artur Zakirov
2016-04-07 18:44:18 +03:00
Stephen Frost 29dd1504a1 Bump catversion for pg_dump dump catalog ACL patches
Pointed out by Tom.
2016-04-06 23:04:48 -04:00
Stephen Frost 23f34fa4ba In pg_dump, include pg_catalog and extension ACLs, if changed
Now that all of the infrastructure exists, add in the ability to
dump out the ACLs of the objects inside of pg_catalog or the ACLs
for objects which are members of extensions, but only if they have
been changed from their original values.

The original values are tracked in pg_init_privs.  When pg_dump'ing
9.6-and-above databases, we will dump out the ACLs for all objects
in pg_catalog and the ACLs for all extension members, where the ACL
has been changed from the original value which was set during either
initdb or CREATE EXTENSION.

This should not change dumps against pre-9.6 databases.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Stephen Frost 6c268df127 Add new catalog called pg_init_privs
This new catalog holds the privileges which the system was
initialized with at initdb time, along with any permissions set
by extensions at CREATE EXTENSION time.  This allows pg_dump
(and any other similar use-cases) to detect when the privileges
set on initdb-created or extension-created objects have been
changed from what they were set to at initdb/extension-creation
time and handle those changes appropriately.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev 0b62fd036e Add jsonb_insert
It inserts a new value into an jsonb array at arbitrary position or
a new key to jsonb object.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewers: Petr Jelinek, Vitaly Burovoy, Andrew Dunstan
2016-04-06 19:25:00 +03:00
Simon Riggs 3fe3511d05 Generic Messages for Logical Decoding
API and mechanism to allow generic messages to be inserted into WAL that are
intended to be read by logical decoding plugins. This commit adds an optional
new callback to the logical decoding API.

Messages are either text or bytea. Messages can be transactional, or not, and
are identified by a prefix to allow multiple concurrent decoding plugins.

(Not to be confused with Generic WAL records, which are intended to allow crash
recovery of extensible objects.)

Author: Petr Jelinek and Andres Freund
Reviewers: Artur Zakirov, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion: 5685F999.6010202@2ndquadrant.com
2016-04-06 10:05:41 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera f2fcad27d5 Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION
This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending
on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object
automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object
is included in the dump output.  Currently the grammar supports this for
indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the
utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a
matter of touching the parser rules only.

Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 18:38:54 -03:00
Robert Haas 41ea0c2376 Fix parallel-safety code for parallel aggregation.
has_parallel_hazard() was ignoring the proparallel markings for
aggregates, which is no good.  Fix that.  There was no way to mark
an aggregate as actually being parallel-safe, either, so add a
PARALLEL option to CREATE AGGREGATE.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley.
2016-04-05 16:06:15 -04:00
Robert Haas 11c8669c0c Add parallel query support functions for assorted aggregates.
This lets us use parallel aggregate for a variety of useful cases
that didn't work before, like sum(int8), sum(numeric), several
versions of avg(), and various other functions.

Add some regression tests, as well, testing the general sanity of
these and future catalog entries.

David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra, with a few further changes
by me.
2016-04-05 14:32:53 -04:00
Magnus Hagander 7117685461 Implement backup API functions for non-exclusive backups
Previously non-exclusive backups had to be done using the replication protocol
and pg_basebackup. With this commit it's now possible to make them using
pg_start_backup/pg_stop_backup as well, as long as the backup program can
maintain a persistent connection to the database.

Doing this, backup_label and tablespace_map are returned as results from
pg_stop_backup() instead of being written to the data directory. This makes
the server safe from a crash during an ongoing backup, which can be a problem
with exclusive backups.

The old syntax of the functions remain and work exactly as before, but since the
new syntax is safer this should eventually be deprecated and removed.

Only reference documentation is included. The main section on backup still needs
to be rewritten to cover this, but since that is already scheduled for a separate
large rewrite, it's not included in this patch.

Reviewed by David Steele and Amit Kapila
2016-04-05 20:03:49 +02:00
Teodor Sigaev 2d02a856e8 Bump catalog version, forget in acdf2a8b37 2016-03-30 18:56:21 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev acdf2a8b37 Introduce SP-GiST operator class over box.
Patch implements quad-tree over boxes, naive approach of 2D quad tree will not
work for any non-point objects because splitting space on node is not
efficient. The idea of pathc is treating 2D boxes as 4D points, so,
object will not overlap (in 4D space).

The performance tests reveal that this technique especially beneficial
with too much overlapping objects, so called "spaghetti data".

Author: Alexander Lebedev with editorization by Emre Hasegeli and me
2016-03-30 18:42:36 +03:00
Tom Lane e511d878f3 Allow to_timestamp(float8) to convert float infinity to timestamp infinity.
With the original SQL-function implementation, such cases failed because
we don't support infinite intervals.  Converting the function to C lets
us bypass the interval representation, which should be a bit faster as
well as more flexible.

Vitaly Burovoy, reviewed by Anastasia Lubennikova
2016-03-29 17:09:29 -04:00
Robert Haas 5fe5a2cee9 Allow aggregate transition states to be serialized and deserialized.
This is necessary infrastructure for supporting parallel aggregation
for aggregates whose transition type is "internal".  Such values
can't be passed between cooperating processes, because they are
just pointers.

David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra and by me.
2016-03-29 15:04:05 -04:00
Tom Lane c94959d411 Fix DROP OPERATOR to reset oprcom/oprnegate links to the dropped operator.
This avoids leaving dangling links in pg_operator; which while fairly
harmless are also unsightly.

While we're at it, simplify OperatorUpd, which went through
heap_modify_tuple for no very good reason considering it had already made
a tuple copy it could just scribble on.

Roma Sokolov, reviewed by Tomas Vondra, additional hacking by Robert Haas
and myself.
2016-03-25 12:33:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 473b932870 Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD
This enables external code to create access methods.  This is useful so
that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally
tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly.  Also, having
explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly.

Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to
be added in the future.

Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek
Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby
Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-23 23:01:35 -03:00
Robert Haas e06a38965b Support parallel aggregation.
Parallel workers can now partially aggregate the data and pass the
transition values back to the leader, which can combine the partial
results to produce the final answer.

David Rowley, based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi.  Reviewed by
Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, James Sewell, and me.
2016-03-21 09:30:18 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut b555ed8102 Merge wal_level "archive" and "hot_standby" into new name "replica"
The distinction between "archive" and "hot_standby" existed only because
at the time "hot_standby" was added, there was some uncertainty about
stability.  This is now a long time ago.  We would like to move forward
with simplifying the replication configuration, but this distinction is
in the way, because a primary server cannot tell (without asking a
standby or predicting the future) which one of these would be the
appropriate level.

Pick a new name for the combined setting to make it clearer that it
covers all (non-logical) backup and replication uses.  The old values
are still accepted but are converted internally.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
2016-03-18 23:56:03 +01:00
Teodor Sigaev 3187d6de0e Introduce parse_ident()
SQL-layer function to split qualified identifier into array parts.

Author: Pavel Stehule with minor editorization by me and Jim Nasby
2016-03-18 18:16:14 +03:00
Robert Haas c16dc1aca5 Add simple VACUUM progress reporting.
There's a lot more that could be done here yet - in particular, this
reports only very coarse-grained information about the index vacuuming
phase - but even as it stands, the new pg_stat_progress_vacuum can
tell you quite a bit about what a long-running vacuum is actually
doing.

Amit Langote and Robert Haas, based on earlier work by Vinayak Pokale
and Rahila Syed.
2016-03-15 13:32:56 -04:00
Tom Lane 2da7549987 pg_stat_get_progress_info() should be marked STRICT.
I didn't bother with a catversion bump.

Report and patch by Thomas Munro
2016-03-14 12:51:55 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev a9eb6c83ef Bump catalog version missed in 6943a946c7 2016-03-11 19:31:04 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev 6943a946c7 Tsvector editing functions
Adds several tsvector editting function: convert tsvector to/from text array,
set weight for given lexemes, delete lexeme(s), unnest, filter lexemes
with given weights

Author: Stas Kelvich with some editorization by me
Reviewers: Tomas Vondram, Teodor Sigaev
2016-03-11 19:22:36 +03:00
Robert Haas 53be0b1add Provide much better wait information in pg_stat_activity.
When a process is waiting for a heavyweight lock, we will now indicate
the type of heavyweight lock for which it is waiting.  Also, you can
now see when a process is waiting for a lightweight lock - in which
case we will indicate the individual lock name or the tranche, as
appropriate - or for a buffer pin.

Amit Kapila, Ildus Kurbangaliev, reviewed by me.  Lots of helpful
discussion and suggestions by many others, including Alexander
Korotkov, Vladimir Borodin, and many others.
2016-03-10 12:44:09 -05:00
Robert Haas b6fb6471f6 Add a generic command progress reporting facility.
Using this facility, any utility command can report the target relation
upon which it is operating, if there is one, and up to 10 64-bit
counters; the intent of this is that users should be able to figure out
what a utility command is doing without having to resort to ugly hacks
like attaching strace to a backend.

As a demonstration, this adds very crude reporting to lazy vacuum; we
just report the target relation and nothing else.  A forthcoming patch
will make VACUUM report a bunch of additional data that will make this
much more interesting.  But this gets the basic framework in place.

Vinayak Pokale, Rahila Syed, Amit Langote, Robert Haas, reviewed by
Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby, Thom Brown, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao,
and Masanori Oyama.
2016-03-09 12:08:58 -05:00
Joe Conway dc7d70ea05 Expose control file data via SQL accessible functions.
Add four new SQL accessible functions: pg_control_system(),
pg_control_checkpoint(), pg_control_recovery(), and pg_control_init()
which expose a subset of the control file data.

Along the way move the code to read and validate the control file to
src/common, where it can be shared by the new backend functions
and the original pg_controldata frontend program.

Patch by me, significant input, testing, and review by Michael Paquier.
2016-03-05 11:10:19 -08:00
Tom Lane eb43e851d6 Create stub functions to support pg_upgrade of old contrib/tsearch2.
Commits 9ff60273e3 and dbe2328959 adjusted the declarations
of some core functions referenced by contrib/tsearch2's install script,
forgetting that in a pg_upgrade situation, we'll be trying to restore
operator class definitions that reference the old signatures.  We've
hit this problem before; solve it in the same way as before, namely by
installing stub functions that have the expected signature and just
invoke the correct function.  Per report from Jeff Janes.

(Someday we ought to stop supporting contrib/tsearch2, but I'm not
sure today is that day.)
2016-03-02 17:37:54 -05:00
Robert Haas a892234f83 Change the format of the VM fork to add a second bit per page.
The new bit indicates whether every tuple on the page is already frozen.
It is cleared only when the all-visible bit is cleared, and it can be
set only when we vacuum a page and find that every tuple on that page is
both visible to every transaction and in no need of any future
vacuuming.

A future commit will use this new bit to optimize away full-table scans
that would otherwise be triggered by XID wraparound considerations.  A
page which is merely all-visible must still be scanned in that case, but
a page which is all-frozen need not be.  This commit does not attempt
that optimization, although that optimization is the goal here.  It
seems better to get the basic infrastructure in place first.

Per discussion, it's very desirable for pg_upgrade to automatically
migrate existing VM forks from the old format to the new format.  That,
too, will be handled in a follow-on patch.

Masahiko Sawada, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Amit
Kapila, Simon Riggs, Andres Freund, and others, and substantially
revised by me.
2016-03-01 21:49:41 -05:00
Tom Lane 52f5d578d6 Create a function to reliably identify which sessions block which others.
This patch introduces "pg_blocking_pids(int) returns int[]", which returns
the PIDs of any sessions that are blocking the session with the given PID.
Historically people have obtained such information using a self-join on
the pg_locks view, but it's unreasonably tedious to do it that way with any
modicum of correctness, and the addition of parallel queries has pretty
much broken that approach altogether.  (Given some more columns in the view
than there are today, you could imagine handling parallel-query cases with
a 4-way join; but ugh.)

The new function has the following behaviors that are painful or impossible
to get right via pg_locks:

1. Correctly understands which lock modes block which other ones.

2. In soft-block situations (two processes both waiting for conflicting lock
modes), only the one that's in front in the wait queue is reported to
block the other.

3. In parallel-query cases, reports all sessions blocking any member of
the given PID's lock group, and reports a session by naming its leader
process's PID, which will be the pg_backend_pid() value visible to
clients.

The motivation for doing this right now is mostly to fix the isolation
tests.  Commit 38f8bdcac4 lobotomized
isolationtester's is-it-waiting query by removing its ability to recognize
nonconflicting lock modes, as a crude workaround for the inability to
handle soft-block situations properly.  But even without the lock mode
tests, the old query was excessively slow, particularly in
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds; some of our buildfarm animals fail the new
deadlock-hard test because the deadlock timeout elapses before they can
probe the waiting status of all eight sessions.  Replacing the pg_locks
self-join with use of pg_blocking_pids() is not only much more correct, but
a lot faster: I measure it at about 9X faster in a typical dev build with
Asserts, and 3X faster in CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds.  That should provide
enough headroom for the slower CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS animals to pass the
test, without having to lengthen deadlock_timeout yet more and thus slow
down the test for everyone else.
2016-02-22 14:31:43 -05:00
Dean Rasheed 53874c5228 Add pg_size_bytes() to parse human-readable size strings.
This will parse strings in the format produced by pg_size_pretty() and
return sizes in bytes. This allows queries to be written with clauses
like "pg_total_relation_size(oid) > pg_size_bytes('10 GB')".

Author: Pavel Stehule with various improvements by Vitaly Burovoy
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFj8pRD-tGoDKnxdYgECzA4On01_uRqPrwF-8LdkSE-6bDHp0w@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy, Oleksandr Shulgin, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
    Michael Paquier and Robert Haas
2016-02-20 09:57:27 +00:00
Joe Conway a5c43b8869 Add new system view, pg_config
Move and refactor the underlying code for the pg_config client
application to src/common in support of sharing it with a new
system information SRF called pg_config() which makes the same
information available via SQL. Additionally wrap the SRF with a
new system view, as called pg_config.

Patch by me with extensive input and review by Michael Paquier
and additional review by Alvaro Herrera.
2016-02-17 09:12:06 -08:00
Joe Conway 851636bfda Move DATA entry to correct position
In commit 7b4bfc87 the DATA and DESCR entries for the new
row_security_active() function were inadvertantly put after
the PROVOLATILE defines, rather than before as they should
have been placed. Move them up where they belong.

Backpatch to 9.5 where the new entries were introduced.
2016-02-15 16:38:47 -08:00
Tom Lane d4c3a156cb Remove GROUP BY columns that are functionally dependent on other columns.
If a GROUP BY clause includes all columns of a non-deferred primary key,
as well as other columns of the same relation, those other columns are
redundant and can be dropped from the grouping; the pkey is enough to
ensure that each row of the table corresponds to a separate group.
Getting rid of the excess columns will reduce the cost of the sorting or
hashing needed to implement GROUP BY, and can indeed remove the need for
a sort step altogether.

This seems worth testing for since many query authors are not aware of
the GROUP-BY-primary-key exception to the rule about queries not being
allowed to reference non-grouped-by columns in their targetlists or
HAVING clauses.  Thus, redundant GROUP BY items are not uncommon.  Also,
we can make the test pretty cheap in most queries where it won't help
by not looking up a rel's primary key until we've found that at least
two of its columns are in GROUP BY.

David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud
2016-02-11 17:34:59 -05:00
Tom Lane 72eee410d4 Move pg_constraint.h function declarations to new file pg_constraint_fn.h.
A pending patch requires exporting a function returning Bitmapset from
catalog/pg_constraint.c.  As things stand, that would mean including
nodes/bitmapset.h in pg_constraint.h, which might be hazardous for the
client-side includability of that header.  It's not entirely clear whether
any client-side code needs to include pg_constraint.h, but it seems prudent
to assume that there is some such code somewhere.  Therefore, split off the
function definitions into a new file pg_constraint_fn.h, similarly to what
we've done for some other catalog header files.
2016-02-11 15:51:28 -05:00
Robert Haas d89f06f048 Fix parallel-safety markings for pg_upgrade functions.
These establish backend-local state which will not be copied to
parallel workers, so they must be marked parallel-restricted, not
parallel-safe.
2016-02-07 11:45:21 -05:00
Tom Lane 6819514fca Add num_nulls() and num_nonnulls() to count NULL arguments.
An example use-case is "CHECK(num_nonnulls(a,b,c) = 1)" to assert that
exactly one of a,b,c isn't NULL.  The functions are variadic, so they
can also be pressed into service to count the number of null or nonnull
elements in an array.

Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2016-02-04 23:03:37 -05:00
Robert Haas b47b4dbf68 Extend sortsupport for text to more opclasses.
Have varlena.c expose an interface that allows the char(n), bytea, and
bpchar types to piggyback on a now-generalized SortSupport for text.
This pushes a little more knowledge of the bpchar/char(n) type into
varlena.c than might be preferred, but that seems like the approach
that creates least friction.  Also speed things up for index builds
that use text_pattern_ops or varchar_pattern_ops.

This patch does quite a bit of renaming, but it seems likely to be
worth it, so as to avoid future confusion about the fact that this code
is now more generally used than the old names might have suggested.

Peter Geoghegan, reviewed by Álvaro Herrera and Andreas Karlsson,
with small tweaks by me.
2016-02-03 14:29:53 -05:00
Tom Lane 2ad83fff22 Remove unnecessary "implementation of FOO operator" DESCR() entries.
Apparently at least one committer hasn't gotten the word that these do not
need to be maintained by hand, since initdb will create them automatically.
Noted while fixing bug #13905.

No catversion bump since the post-initdb state is exactly the same either
way.  I don't see a need for back-patch, either.
2016-02-02 11:52:27 -05:00
Tom Lane a4627e8fd4 Fix pg_description entries for jsonb_to_record() and jsonb_to_recordset().
All the other jsonb function descriptions refer to the arguments as being
"jsonb", but these two said "json".  Make it consistent.  Per bug #13905
from Petru Florin Mihancea.

No catversion bump --- we can't force one in the back branches, and this
isn't very critical anyway.
2016-02-02 11:39:50 -05:00
Fujii Masao 7f46eaf035 Add gin_clean_pending_list function to clean up GIN pending list
This function cleans up the pending list of the GIN index by
moving entries in it to the main GIN data structure in bulk.
It returns the number of pages cleaned up from the pending list.

This function is useful, for example, when the pending list
needs to be cleaned up *quickly* to improve the performance of
the search using GIN index. VACUUM can do the same thing, too,
but it may take days to run on a large table.

Jeff Janes,
reviewed by Julien Rouhaud, Jaime Casanova, Alvaro Herrera and me.

Discussion: CAMkU=1x8zFkpfnozXyt40zmR3Ub_kHu58LtRmwHUKRgQss7=iQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-01-28 12:57:52 +09:00
Fujii Masao e09507a272 Fix volatility marking of pg_size_pretty function
pg_size_pretty function should be marked immutable rather than volatile
because it always returns the same result given the same argument.

Pavel Stehule
2016-01-27 11:13:31 +09:00
Tom Lane e1bd684a34 Add trigonometric functions that work in degrees.
The implementations go to some lengths to deliver exact results for values
where an exact result can be expected, such as sind(30) = 0.5 exactly.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Michael Paquier
2016-01-22 15:46:22 -05:00
Robert Haas a7de3dc5c3 Support multi-stage aggregation.
Aggregate nodes now have two new modes: a "partial" mode where they
output the unfinalized transition state, and a "finalize" mode where
they accept unfinalized transition states rather than individual
values as input.

These new modes are not used anywhere yet, but they will be necessary
for parallel aggregation.  The infrastructure also figures to be
useful for cases where we want to aggregate local data and remote
data via the FDW interface, and want to bring back partial aggregates
from the remote side that can then be combined with locally generated
partial aggregates to produce the final value.  It may also be useful
even when neither FDWs nor parallelism are in play, as explained in
the comments in nodeAgg.c.

David Rowley and Simon Riggs, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei, Heikki
Linnakangas, Haribabu Kommi, and me.
2016-01-20 13:46:50 -05:00
Tom Lane dbe2328959 Fix assorted inconsistencies in GIN opclass support function declarations.
GIN had some minor issues too, mostly using "internal" where something
else would be more appropriate.  I went with the same approach as in
9ff60273e3, namely preferring the opclass' indexed datatype for
arguments that receive an operator RHS value, even if that's not
necessarily what they really are.

Again, this is with an eye to having a uniform rule for ginvalidate()
to check support function signatures.
2016-01-19 22:32:22 -05:00
Tom Lane 9ff60273e3 Fix assorted inconsistencies in GiST opclass support function declarations.
The conventions specified by the GiST SGML documentation were widely
ignored.  For example, the strategy-number argument for "consistent" and
"distance" functions is specified to be a smallint, but most of the
built-in support functions declared it as an integer, and for that matter
the core code passed it using Int32GetDatum not Int16GetDatum.  None of
that makes any real difference at runtime, but it's quite confusing for
newcomers to the code, and it makes it very hard to write an amvalidate()
function that checks support function signatures.  So let's try to instill
some consistency here.

Another similar issue is that the "query" argument is not of a single
well-defined type, but could have different types depending on the strategy
(corresponding to search operators with different righthand-side argument
types).  Some of the functions threw up their hands and declared the query
argument as being of "internal" type, which surely isn't right ("any" would
have been more appropriate); but the majority position seemed to be to
declare it as being of the indexed data type, corresponding to a search
operator with both input types the same.  So I've specified a convention
that that's what to do always.

Also, the result of the "union" support function actually must be of the
index's storage type, but the documentation suggested declaring it to
return "internal", and some of the functions followed that.  Standardize
on telling the truth, instead.

Similarly, standardize on declaring the "same" function's inputs as
being of the storage type, not "internal".

Also, somebody had forgotten to add the "recheck" argument to both
the documentation of the "distance" support function and all of their
SQL declarations, even though the C code was happily using that argument.
Clean that up too.

Fix up some other omissions in the docs too, such as documenting that
union's second input argument is vestigial.

So far as the errors in core function declarations go, we can just fix
pg_proc.h and bump catversion.  Adjusting the erroneous declarations in
contrib modules is more debatable: in principle any change in those
scripts should involve an extension version bump, which is a pain.
However, since these changes are purely cosmetic and make no functional
difference, I think we can get away without doing that.
2016-01-19 12:04:36 -05:00
Tom Lane 65c5fcd353 Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level.
This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler
function.  All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided
in a C struct returned by the handler function.  This is similar to
the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods.  There
are multiple advantages.  For one, the index AM's support functions
are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less
error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures.
For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access
methods in installable extensions.

A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes
of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity
regression test are no longer possible from SQL.  We've addressed that
by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead.
(Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the
amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.)
We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but
this patch doesn't do that.

Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily
editorialized on by me.
2016-01-17 19:36:59 -05:00
Simon Riggs e63bb4549a Add new user fn pg_current_xlog_flush_location()
Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Amit Kapila
Minor edits by me
2016-01-12 07:54:52 +00:00
Tom Lane 26d538dc93 Clean up some lack-of-STRICT issues in the core code, too.
A scan for missed proisstrict markings in the core code turned up
these functions:

brin_summarize_new_values
pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters
pg_stat_reset_single_function_counters
pg_create_logical_replication_slot
pg_create_physical_replication_slot
pg_drop_replication_slot

The first three of these take OID, so a null argument will normally look
like a zero to them, resulting in "ERROR: could not open relation with OID
0" for brin_summarize_new_values, and no action for the pg_stat_reset_XXX
functions.  The other three will dump core on a null argument, though this
is mitigated by the fact that they won't do so until after checking that
the caller is superuser or has rolreplication privilege.

In addition, the pg_logical_slot_get/peek[_binary]_changes family was
intentionally marked nonstrict, but failed to make nullness checks on all
the arguments; so again a null-pointer-dereference crash is possible but
only for superusers and rolreplication users.

Add the missing ARGISNULL checks to the latter functions, and mark the
former functions as strict in pg_proc.  Make that change in the back
branches too, even though we can't force initdb there, just so that
installations initdb'd in future won't have the issue.  Since none of these
bugs rise to the level of security issues (and indeed the pg_stat_reset_XXX
functions hardly misbehave at all), it seems sufficient to do this.

In addition, fix some order-of-operations oddities in the slot_get_changes
family, mostly cosmetic, but not the part that moves the function's last
few operations into the PG_TRY block.  As it stood, there was significant
risk for an error to exit without clearing historical information from
the system caches.

The slot_get_changes bugs go back to 9.4 where that code was introduced.
Back-patch appropriate subsets of the pg_proc changes into all active
branches, as well.
2016-01-09 16:58:32 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera b1a9bad9e7 pgstat: add WAL receiver status view & SRF
This new view provides insight into the state of a running WAL receiver
in a HOT standby node.
The information returned includes the PID of the WAL receiver process,
its status (stopped, starting, streaming, etc), start LSN and TLI, last
received LSN and TLI, timestamp of last message send and receipt, latest
end-of-WAL LSN and time, and the name of the slot (if any).

Access to the detailed data is only granted to superusers; others only
get the PID.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewer: Haribabu Kommi
2016-01-07 16:21:19 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera abb1733922 Add scale(numeric)
Author: Marko Tiikkaja
2016-01-05 19:02:13 -03:00
Tom Lane ea0d494dae Make the to_reg*() functions accept text not cstring.
Using cstring as the input type was a poor decision, because that's not
really a full-fledged type.  In particular, it lacks implicit coercions
from text or varchar, meaning that usages like to_regproc('foo'||'bar')
wouldn't work; basically the only case that did work without explicit
casting was a simple literal constant argument.

The lack of field complaints about this suggests that hardly anyone
is using these functions, so hopefully fixing it won't cause much of
a compatibility problem.  They've only been there since 9.4, anyway.

Petr Korobeinikov
2016-01-05 13:02:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera efa318bcfa Make pg_shseclabel available in early backend startup
While the in-core authentication mechanism doesn't need to access
pg_shseclabel at all, it's reasonable to think that an authentication
hook will want to look at the label for the role logging in, or for rows
in other catalogs used during the authentication phase of startup.

Catalog version bumped, because this changes the "is nailed" status for
pg_shseclabel.

Author: Adam Brightwell
2016-01-05 14:50:53 -03:00
Bruce Momjian ee94300446 Update copyright for 2016
Backpatch certain files through 9.1
2016-01-02 13:33:40 -05:00
Tom Lane 0dab5ef39b Fix ALTER OPERATOR to update dependencies properly.
Fix an oversight in commit 321eed5f0f7563a0: replacing an operator's
selectivity functions needs to result in a corresponding update in
pg_depend.  We have a function that can handle that, but it was not
called by AlterOperator().

To fix this without enlarging pg_operator.h's #include list beyond
what clients can safely include, split off the function definitions
into a new file pg_operator_fn.h, similarly to what we've done for
some other catalog header files.  It's not entirely clear whether
any client-side code needs to include pg_operator.h, but it seems
prudent to assume that there is some such code somewhere.
2015-12-31 17:37:31 -05:00
Joe Conway 241448b23a Rename (new|old)estCommitTs to (new|old)estCommitTsXid
The variables newestCommitTs and oldestCommitTs sound as if they are
timestamps, but in fact they are the transaction Ids that correspond
to the newest and oldest timestamps rather than the actual timestamps.
Rename these variables to reflect that they are actually xids: to wit
newestCommitTsXid and oldestCommitTsXid respectively. Also modify
related code in a similar fashion, particularly the user facing output
emitted by pg_controldata and pg_resetxlog.

Complaint and patch by me, review by Tom Lane and Alvaro Herrera.
Backpatch to 9.5 where these variables were first introduced.
2015-12-28 12:34:11 -08:00
Tom Lane 074c5cfbfb Fix handling of inherited check constraints in ALTER COLUMN TYPE (again).
The previous way of reconstructing check constraints was to do a separate
"ALTER TABLE ONLY tab ADD CONSTRAINT" for each table in an inheritance
hierarchy.  However, that way has no hope of reconstructing the check
constraints' own inheritance properties correctly, as pointed out in
bug #13779 from Jan Dirk Zijlstra.  What we should do instead is to do
a regular "ALTER TABLE", allowing recursion, at the topmost table that
has a particular constraint, and then suppress the work queue entries
for inherited instances of the constraint.

Annoyingly, we'd tried to fix this behavior before, in commit 5ed6546cf,
but we failed to notice that it wasn't reconstructing the pg_constraint
field values correctly.

As long as I'm touching pg_get_constraintdef_worker anyway, tweak it to
always schema-qualify the target table name; this seems like useful backup
to the protections installed by commit 5f173040.

In HEAD/9.5, get rid of get_constraint_relation_oids, which is now unused.
(I could alternatively have modified it to also return conislocal, but that
seemed like a pretty single-purpose API, so let's not pretend it has some
other use.)  It's unused in the back branches as well, but I left it in
place just in case some third-party code has decided to use it.

In HEAD/9.5, also rename pg_get_constraintdef_string to
pg_get_constraintdef_command, as the previous name did nothing to explain
what that entry point did differently from others (and its comment was
equally useless).  Again, that change doesn't seem like material for
back-patching.

I did a bit of re-pgindenting in tablecmds.c in HEAD/9.5, as well.

Otherwise, back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-11-20 14:55:47 -05:00
Robert Haas bc4996e61b Make ALTER .. SET SCHEMA do nothing, instead of throwing an ERROR.
This was already true for CREATE EXTENSION, but historically has not
been true for other object types.  Therefore, this is a backward
incompatibility.  Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, everyone seems to
agree that the new behavior is better.

Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by Haribabu Kommi and myself
2015-11-19 10:49:25 -05:00
Tom Lane c5e86ea932 Add "xid <> xid" and "xid <> int4" operators.
The corresponding "=" operators have been there a long time, and not
having their negators is a bit of a nuisance.

Michael Paquier
2015-11-07 16:40:15 -05:00
Robert Haas a76ef15d9f Add sort support routine for the UUID data type.
This introduces a simple encoding scheme to produce abbreviated keys:
pack as many bytes of each UUID as will fit into a Datum.  On
little-endian machines, a byteswap is also performed; the abbreviated
comparator can therefore just consist of a simple 3-way unsigned integer
comparison.

The purpose of this change is to speed up sorting data on a column
of type UUID.

Peter Geoghegan
2015-11-06 12:14:35 -05:00
Robert Haas 816e336f12 Mark more functions parallel-restricted or parallel-unsafe.
Commit 7aea8e4f2d was overoptimistic
about the degree of safety associated with running various functions
in parallel mode.  Functions that take a table name or OID as an
argument are at least parallel-restricted, because the table might be
temporary, and we currently don't allow parallel workers to touch
temporary tables.  Functions that take a query as an argument are
outright unsafe, because the query could be anything, including a
parallel-unsafe query.

Also, the queue of pending notifications is backend-private, so adding
to it from a worker doesn't behave correctly.  We could fix this by
transferring the worker's queue of pending notifications to the master
during worker cleanup, but that seems like more trouble than it's
worth for now.  In addition to adjusting the pg_proc.h markings, also
add an explicit check for this in async.c.
2015-10-16 11:49:31 -04:00
Bruce Momjian b852dc4cbd docs: clarify JSONB operator descriptions
No catalog bump as the catalog changes are for SQL operator comments.

Backpatch through 9.5
2015-10-07 09:06:49 -04:00
Stephen Frost 4158cc3793 Do not write out WCOs in Query
The WithCheckOptions list in Query are only populated during rewrite and
do not need to be written out or read in as part of a Query structure.

Further, move WithCheckOptions to the bottom and add comments to clarify
that it is only populated during rewrite.

Back-patch to 9.5 with a catversion bump, as we are still in alpha.
2015-10-05 07:38:58 -04:00
Stephen Frost 088c83363a ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY
To allow users to force RLS to always be applied, even for table owners,
add ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY.

row_security=off overrides FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY, to ensure pg_dump
output is complete (by default).

Also add SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS context to avoid data corruption when
ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW SECURITY is being used. The
SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS security context is used only during referential
integrity checks and is only considered in check_enable_rls() after we
have already checked that the current user is the owner of the relation
(which should always be the case during referential integrity checks).

Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
2015-10-04 21:05:08 -04:00
Noah Misch 3cb0a7e75a Make BYPASSRLS behave like superuser RLS bypass.
Specifically, make its effect independent from the row_security GUC, and
make it affect permission checks pertinent to views the BYPASSRLS role
owns.  The row_security GUC thereby ceases to change successful-query
behavior; it can only make a query fail with an error.  Back-patch to
9.5, where BYPASSRLS was introduced.
2015-10-03 20:19:57 -04:00
Robert Haas 7aea8e4f2d Determine whether it's safe to attempt a parallel plan for a query.
Commit 924bcf4f16 introduced a framework
for parallel computation in PostgreSQL that makes most but not all
built-in functions safe to execute in parallel mode.  In order to have
parallel query, we'll need to be able to determine whether that query
contains functions (either built-in or user-defined) that cannot be
safely executed in parallel mode.  This requires those functions to be
labeled, so this patch introduces an infrastructure for that.  Some
functions currently labeled as safe may need to be revised depending on
how pending issues related to heavyweight locking under paralllelism
are resolved.

Parallel plans can't be used except for the case where the query will
run to completion.  If portal execution were suspended, the parallel
mode restrictions would need to remain in effect during that time, but
that might make other queries fail.  Therefore, this patch introduces
a framework that enables consideration of parallel plans only when it
is known that the plan will be run to completion.  This probably needs
some refinement; for example, at bind time, we do not know whether a
query run via the extended protocol will be execution to completion or
run with a limited fetch count.  Having the client indicate its
intentions at bind time would constitute a wire protocol break.  Some
contexts in which parallel mode would be safe are not adjusted by this
patch; the default is not to try parallel plans except from call sites
that have been updated to say that such plans are OK.

This commit doesn't introduce any parallel paths or plans; it just
provides a way to determine whether they could potentially be used.
I'm committing it on the theory that the remaining parallel sequential
scan patches will also get committed to this release, hopefully in the
not-too-distant future.

Robert Haas and Amit Kapila.  Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Noah
Misch.
2015-09-16 15:38:47 -04:00
Andres Freund 6fcd88511f Allow pg_create_physical_replication_slot() to reserve WAL.
When creating a physical slot it's often useful to immediately reserve
the current WAL position instead of only doing after the first feedback
message arrives. That e.g. allows slots to guarantee that all the WAL
for a base backup will be available afterwards.

Logical slots already have to reserve WAL during creation, so generalize
that logic into being usable for both physical and logical slots.

Catversion bump because of the new parameter.

Author: Gurjeet Singh
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: CABwTF4Wh_dBCzTU=49pFXR6coR4NW1ynb+vBqT+Po=7fuq5iCw@mail.gmail.com
2015-08-11 12:34:31 +02:00
Andres Freund 3f811c2d6f Add confirmed_flush column to pg_replication_slots.
There's no reason not to expose both restart_lsn and confirmed_flush
since they have rather distinct meanings. The former is the oldest WAL
still required and valid for both physical and logical slots, whereas
the latter is the location up to which a logical slot's consumer has
confirmed receiving data. Most of the time a slot will require older
WAL (i.e. restart_lsn) than the confirmed
position (i.e. confirmed_flush_lsn).

Author: Marko Tiikkaja, editorialized by me
Discussion: 559D110B.1020109@joh.to
2015-08-10 13:28:18 +02:00
Andres Freund 4eda0a6470 Don't include low level locking code from frontend code.
Some frontend code like e.g. pg_xlogdump or pg_resetxlog, has to use
backend headers. Unfortunately until now that code includes most of the
locking code. It's generally not nice to expose such low level details,
but de6fd1c898 made that a hard problem. We fall back to defining
'inline' away if the compiler doesn't support it - that can cause linker
errors like on buildfarm animal pademelon if a inline function
references backend only code.

To fix that problem separate definitions from lock.h that are required
from frontend code into lockdefs.h and use it in the relevant
places. I've only removed the minimal amount of necessary definitions
for now - it might turn out that we want more for other reasons.

To avoid such details being exposed again put some checks against being
included from frontend code into atomics.h, lock.h, lwlock.h and
s_lock.h. It's otherwise fairly easy to indirectly include these
headers.

Discussion: 20150806070902.GE12214@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-08-07 15:10:56 +02:00
Noah Misch b8fe12a836 Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with recent work.
A few of the discrepancies had semantic significance, but I did not
track down the resulting user-visible bugs, if any.  Back-patch to 9.5,
where all but one discrepancy appeared.  The _equalCreateEventTrigStmt()
situation dates to 9.3 but does not affect semantics.

catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order changes.
2015-08-05 20:44:27 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 2834855cb9 Fix BRIN to use SnapshotAny during summarization
For correctness of summarization results, it is critical that the
snapshot used during the summarization scan is able to see all tuples
that are live to all transactions -- including tuples inserted or
deleted by in-progress transactions.  Otherwise, it would be possible
for a transaction to insert a tuple, then idle for a long time while a
concurrent transaction executes summarization of the range: this would
result in the inserted value not being considered in the summary.
Previously we were trying to use a MVCC snapshot in conjunction with
adding a "placeholder" tuple in the index: the snapshot would see all
committed tuples, and the placeholder tuple would catch insertions by
any new inserters.  The hole is that prior insertions by transactions
that are still in progress by the time the MVCC snapshot was taken were
ignored.

Kevin Grittner reported this as a bogus error message during vacuum with
default transaction isolation mode set to repeatable read (because the
error report mentioned a function name not being invoked during), but
the problem is larger than that.

To fix, tweak IndexBuildHeapRangeScan to have a new mode that behaves
the way we need using SnapshotAny visibility rules.  This change
simplifies the BRIN code a bit, mainly by removing large comments that
were mistaken.  Instead, rely on the SnapshotAny semantics to provide
what it needs.  (The business about a placeholder tuple needs to remain:
that covers the case that a transaction inserts a a tuple in a page that
summarization already scanned.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20150731175700.GX2441@postgresql.org

In passing, remove a couple of unused declarations from brin.h and
reword a comment to be proper English.  This part submitted by Kevin
Grittner.

Backpatch to 9.5, where BRIN was introduced.
2015-08-05 16:20:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera e8e86fbc8b Fix volatility marking of commit timestamp functions
They are marked stable, but since they act on instantaneous state and it
is possible to consult state of transactions as they commit, the results
could change mid-query.  They need to be marked volatile, and this
commit does so.

There would normally be a catversion bump here, but this is so much a
niche feature and I don't believe there's real damage from the incorrect
marking, that I refrained.

Backpatch to 9.5, where commit timestamps where introduced.

Per note from Fujii Masao.
2015-07-30 15:19:49 -03:00
Joe Conway f781a0f1d8 Create a pg_shdepend entry for each role in TO clause of policies.
CreatePolicy() and AlterPolicy() omit to create a pg_shdepend entry for
each role in the TO clause. Fix this by creating a new shared dependency
type called SHARED_DEPENDENCY_POLICY and assigning it to each role.

Reported by Noah Misch. Patch by me, reviewed by Alvaro Herrera.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced.
2015-07-28 16:01:53 -07:00
Joe Conway 1e2bd43b31 Bump catversion so that HEAD is beyond 9.5
As pointed out by Tom, since HEAD has progressed beyond 9.5 in terms of
its catalog, we need to be sure catversion of HEAD is advanced beyond
that of 9.5. Corrects my mistake in the pg_stats view commit cfa928ff.
2015-07-28 13:59:23 -07:00
Joe Conway 7b4bfc87d5 Plug RLS related information leak in pg_stats view.
The pg_stats view is supposed to be restricted to only show rows
about tables the user can read. However, it sometimes can leak
information which could not otherwise be seen when row level security
is enabled. Fix that by not showing pg_stats rows to users that would
be subject to RLS on the table the row is related to. This is done
by creating/using the newly introduced SQL visible function,
row_security_active().

Along the way, clean up three call sites of check_enable_rls(). The second
argument of that function should only be specified as other than
InvalidOid when we are checking as a different user than the current one,
as in when querying through a view. These sites were passing GetUserId()
instead of InvalidOid, which can cause the function to return incorrect
results if the current user has the BYPASSRLS privilege and row_security
has been set to OFF.

Additionally fix a bug causing RI Trigger error messages to unintentionally
leak information when RLS is enabled, and other minor cleanup and
improvements. Also add WITH (security_barrier) to the definition of pg_stats.

Bumped CATVERSION due to new SQL functions and pg_stats view definition.

Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced. Reported by Yaroslav.
Patch by Joe Conway and Dean Rasheed with review and input by
Michael Paquier and Stephen Frost.
2015-07-28 13:21:22 -07:00
Tom Lane dd7a8f66ed Redesign tablesample method API, and do extensive code review.
The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method
API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without
specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can
implement a TSM.  (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable
thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will
pg_upgrade behave sanely.)  Instead adopt an API more like procedural
language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level
support object needed is a single handler function identified by having
a special return type.  This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog
altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature.

Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments
(the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at
ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright
unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples.
Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable
within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more
honestly with methods that can't support that requirement.

Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix
assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as
failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering).
Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too.

Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API
in production.
2015-07-25 14:39:00 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 149b1dd840 Fix omission of OCLASS_TRANSFORM in object_classes[]
This was forgotten in cac7658205 (and its fixup ad89a5d115).  Since it
seems way too easy to miss this, this commit also introduces a mechanism
to enforce that the array is consistent with the enum.

Problem reported independently by Robert Haas and Jaimin Pan.
Patches proposed by Jaimin Pan, Jim Nasby, Michael Paquier and myself,
though I didn't use any of these and instead went with a cleaner
approach suggested by Tom Lane.

Backpatch to 9.5.

Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+Tgmoa6SgDaxW_n_7SEhwBAc=mniYga+obUj5fmw4rU9_mLvA@mail.gmail.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29788.1437411581@sss.pgh.pa.us
2015-07-21 13:20:53 +02:00
Robert Haas a04bb65f70 Add new function pg_notification_queue_usage.
This tells you what fraction of NOTIFY's queue is currently filled.

Brendan Jurd, reviewed by Merlin Moncure and Gurjeet Singh.  A few
further tweaks by me.
2015-07-17 09:12:03 -04:00
Tom Lane 10fb48d66d Add an optional missing_ok argument to SQL function current_setting().
This allows convenient checking for existence of a GUC from SQL, which is
particularly useful when dealing with custom variables.

David Christensen, reviewed by Jeevan Chalke
2015-07-02 16:41:07 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 7931622d1d Fix name of argument to pg_stat_file.
It's called "missing_ok" in the docs and in the C code.

I refrained from doing a catversion bump for this, because the name of an
input argument is just documentation, it has no effect on any callers.

Michael Paquier
2015-07-02 12:15:13 +03:00
Tom Lane 62d16c7fc5 Improve design and implementation of pg_file_settings view.
As first committed, this view reported on the file contents as they were
at the last SIGHUP event.  That's not as useful as reporting on the current
contents, and what's more, it didn't work right on Windows unless the
current session had serviced at least one SIGHUP.  Therefore, arrange to
re-read the files when pg_show_all_settings() is called.  This requires
only minor refactoring so that we can pass changeVal = false to
set_config_option() so that it won't actually apply any changes locally.

In addition, add error reporting so that errors that would prevent the
configuration files from being loaded, or would prevent individual settings
from being applied, are visible directly in the view.  This makes the view
usable for pre-testing whether edits made in the config files will have the
desired effect, before one actually issues a SIGHUP.

I also added an "applied" column so that it's easy to identify entries that
are superseded by later entries; this was the main use-case for the original
design, but it seemed unnecessarily hard to use for that.

Also fix a 9.4.1 regression that allowed multiple entries for a
PGC_POSTMASTER variable to cause bogus complaints in the postmaster log.
(The issue here was that commit bf007a27ac unintentionally reverted
3e3f65973a, which suppressed any duplicate entries within
ParseConfigFp.  However, since the original coding of the pg_file_settings
view depended on such suppression *not* happening, we couldn't have fixed
this issue now without first doing something with pg_file_settings.
Now we suppress duplicates by marking them "ignored" within
ProcessConfigFileInternal, which doesn't hide them in the view.)

Lesser changes include:

Drive the view directly off the ConfigVariable list, instead of making a
basically-equivalent second copy of the data.  There's no longer any need
to hang onto the data permanently, anyway.

Convert show_all_file_settings() to do its work in one call and return a
tuplestore; this avoids risks associated with assuming that the GUC state
will hold still over the course of query execution.  (I think there were
probably latent bugs here, though you might need something like a cursor
on the view to expose them.)

Arrange to run SIGHUP processing in a short-lived memory context, to
forestall process-lifespan memory leaks.  (There is one known leak in this
code, in ProcessConfigDirectory; it seems minor enough to not be worth
back-patching a specific fix for.)

Remove mistaken assignment to ConfigFileLineno that caused line counting
after an include_dir directive to be completely wrong.

Add missed failure check in AlterSystemSetConfigFile().  We don't really
expect ParseConfigFp() to fail, but that's not an excuse for not checking.
2015-06-28 18:06:14 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas cb2acb1081 Add missing_ok option to the SQL functions for reading files.
This makes it possible to use the functions without getting errors, if there
is a chance that the file might be removed or renamed concurrently.
pg_rewind needs to do just that, although this could be useful for other
purposes too. (The changes to pg_rewind to use these functions will come in
a separate commit.)

The read_binary_file() function isn't very well-suited for extensions.c's
purposes anymore, if it ever was. So bite the bullet and make a copy of it
in extension.c, tailored for that use case. This seems better than the
accidental code reuse, even if it's a some more lines of code.

Michael Paquier, with plenty of kibitzing by me.
2015-06-28 21:35:46 +03:00
Andrew Dunstan 908e234733 Rename jsonb - text[] operator to #- to avoid ambiguity.
Following recent discussion  on -hackers. The underlying function is
also renamed to jsonb_delete_path. The regression tests now don't need
ugly type casts to avoid the ambiguity, so they are also removed.

Catalog version bumped.
2015-06-11 10:06:58 -04:00
Fujii Masao ea9c4c1e4a Fix typo in comment.
David Rowley
2015-06-10 15:26:02 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan 37def42245 Rename jsonb_replace to jsonb_set and allow it to add new values
The function is given a fourth parameter, which defaults to true. When
this parameter is true, if the last element of the path is missing
in the original json, jsonb_set creates it in the result and assigns it
the new value. If it is false then the function does nothing unless all
elements of the path are present, including the last.

Based on some original code from Dmitry Dolgov, heavily modified by me.

Catalog version bumped.
2015-05-31 20:34:10 -04:00
Tom Lane 1c8c656b3c Check that all aliases of a built-in function have same leakproof property.
opr_sanity.sql has a test checking that relevant properties of built-in
functions match when the same C function is referenced by multiple pg_proc
entries.  The test neglected to check proleakproof, though, and when
I added that condition it exposed that xideqint4 hadn't been updated to
match xideq.  So fix that as well, and in consequence bump catversion.

This isn't very critical, so no need to worry about fixing back branches.
2015-05-29 13:26:21 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 807b9e0dff pgindent run for 9.5 2015-05-23 21:35:49 -04:00
Andres Freund 631d749007 Remove the new UPSERT command tag and use INSERT instead.
Previously, INSERT with ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE specified used a new
command tag -- UPSERT.  It was introduced out of concern that INSERT as
a command tag would be a misrepresentation for ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE, as
some affected rows may actually have been updated.

Alvaro Herrera noticed that the implementation of that new command tag
was incomplete; in subsequent discussion we concluded that having it
doesn't provide benefits that are in line with the compatibility breaks
it requires.

Catversion bump due to the removal of PlannedStmt->isUpsert.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: 20150520215816.GI5885@postgresql.org
2015-05-23 00:58:45 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas 4fc72cc7bb Collection of typo fixes.
Use "a" and "an" correctly, mostly in comments. Two error messages were
also fixed (they were just elogs, so no translation work required). Two
function comments in pg_proc.h were also fixed. Etsuro Fujita reported one
of these, but I found a lot more with grep.

Also fix a few other typos spotted while grepping for the a/an typos.
For example, "consists out of ..." -> "consists of ...". Plus a "though"/
"through" mixup reported by Euler Taveira.

Many of these typos were in old code, which would be nice to backpatch to
make future backpatching easier. But much of the code was new, and I didn't
feel like crafting separate patches for each branch. So no backpatching.
2015-05-20 16:56:22 +03:00
Tom Lane 0b28ea79c0 Avoid collation dependence in indexes of system catalogs.
No index in template0 should have collation-dependent ordering, especially
not indexes on shared catalogs.  For most textual columns we avoid this
issue by using type "name" (which sorts per strcmp()).  However there are a
few indexed columns that we'd prefer to use "text" for, and for that, the
default opclass text_ops is unsafe.  Fortunately, text_pattern_ops is safe
(it sorts per memcmp()), and it has no real functional disadvantage for our
purposes.  So change the indexes on pg_seclabel.provider and
pg_shseclabel.provider to use text_pattern_ops.

In passing, also mark pg_replication_origin.roname as using
text_pattern_ops --- for some reason it was labeled varchar_pattern_ops
which is just wrong, even though it accidentally worked.

Add regression test queries to catch future errors of these kinds.

We still can't do anything about the misdeclared pg_seclabel and
pg_shseclabel indexes in back branches :-(
2015-05-19 11:47:42 -04:00
Tom Lane afee04352b Revert "Change pg_seclabel.provider and pg_shseclabel.provider to type "name"."
This reverts commit b82a7be603.  There
is a better (less invasive) way to fix it, which I will commit next.
2015-05-19 10:40:04 -04:00
Tom Lane b82a7be603 Change pg_seclabel.provider and pg_shseclabel.provider to type "name".
These were "text", but that's a bad idea because it has collation-dependent
ordering.  No index in template0 should have collation-dependent ordering,
especially not indexes on shared catalogs.  There was general agreement
that provider names don't need to be longer than other identifiers, so we
can fix this at a small waste of table space by changing from text to name.

There's no way to fix the problem in the back branches, but we can hope
that security labels don't yet have widespread-enough usage to make it
urgent to fix.

There needs to be a regression sanity test to prevent us from making this
same mistake again; but before putting that in, we'll need to get rid of
similar brain fade in the recently-added pg_replication_origin catalog.

Note: for lack of a suitable testing environment, I've not really exercised
this change.  I trust the buildfarm will show up any mistakes.
2015-05-18 20:07:53 -04:00
Andres Freund f3d3118532 Support GROUPING SETS, CUBE and ROLLUP.
This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different
GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns
grouped by in other sets set to NULL.

This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate
query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise,
grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over
the underlying data.

The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting
for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one
pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort &
aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by
the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data.

The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using
hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting
was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of
implementation.

Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the
chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor
nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node
itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle
having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying
nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit
memory usage.  The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each
phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional
data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way
to describe aggregation and sorting.  The first (and possibly only) sort
step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains
similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple,
avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to
avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means.

A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar
ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions
named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the
cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a
reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY
cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function
cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might
be, the function name has to be quoted.

Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change.

Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas
    Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-16 03:46:31 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera b0b7be6133 Add BRIN infrastructure for "inclusion" opclasses
This lets BRIN be used with R-Tree-like indexing strategies.

Also provided are operator classes for range types, box and inet/cidr.
The infrastructure provided here should be sufficient to create operator
classes for similar datatypes; for instance, opclasses for PostGIS
geometries should be doable, though we didn't try to implement one.

(A box/point opclass was also submitted, but we ripped it out before
commit because the handling of floating point comparisons in existing
code is inconsistent and would generate corrupt indexes.)

Author: Emre Hasegeli.  Cosmetic changes by me
Review: Andreas Karlsson
2015-05-15 18:05:22 -03:00
Simon Riggs f6d208d6e5 TABLESAMPLE, SQL Standard and extensible
Add a TABLESAMPLE clause to SELECT statements that allows
user to specify random BERNOULLI sampling or block level
SYSTEM sampling. Implementation allows for extensible
sampling functions to be written, using a standard API.
Basic version follows SQLStandard exactly. Usable
concrete use cases for the sampling API follow in later
commits.

Petr Jelinek

Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Simon Riggs
2015-05-15 14:37:10 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 35fcb1b3d0 Allow GiST distance function to return merely a lower-bound.
The distance function can now set *recheck = false, like index quals. The
executor will then re-check the ORDER BY expressions, and use a queue to
reorder the results on the fly.

This makes it possible to do kNN-searches on polygons and circles, which
don't store the exact value in the index, but just a bounding box.

Alexander Korotkov and me
2015-05-15 14:26:51 +03:00
Fujii Masao ecd222e770 Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command.
When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index
is reindexed.

Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of
the options.

    REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name

Sawada Masahiko.
Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
Jim Nasby and me.

Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 20:09:57 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut a486e35706 Add pg_settings.pending_restart column
with input from David G. Johnston, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
2015-05-14 20:08:51 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 5c7df74204 Fix some errors from jsonb functions patch.
The catalog version should have been bumped, and the alternative
regression result file was not up to date with the name of jsonb_pretty.
2015-05-12 16:54:38 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan c6947010ce Additional functions and operators for jsonb
jsonb_pretty(jsonb) produces nicely indented json output.
jsonb || jsonb concatenates two jsonb values.
jsonb - text removes a key and its associated value from the json
jsonb - int removes the designated array element
jsonb - text[] removes a key and associated value or array element at
the designated path
jsonb_replace(jsonb,text[],jsonb) replaces the array element designated
by the path or the value associated with the key designated by the path
with the given value.

Original work by Dmitry Dolgov, adapted and reworked for PostgreSQL core
by Andrew Dunstan, reviewed and tidied up by Petr Jelinek.
2015-05-12 15:52:45 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera b488c580ae Allow on-the-fly capture of DDL event details
This feature lets user code inspect and take action on DDL events.
Whenever a ddl_command_end event trigger is installed, DDL actions
executed are saved to a list which can be inspected during execution of
a function attached to ddl_command_end.

The set-returning function pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands can be used to
list actions so captured; it returns data about the type of command
executed, as well as the affected object.  This is sufficient for many
uses of this feature.  For the cases where it is not, we also provide a
"command" column of a new pseudo-type pg_ddl_command, which is a
pointer to a C structure that can be accessed by C code.  The struct
contains all the info necessary to completely inspect and even
reconstruct the executed command.

There is no actual deparse code here; that's expected to come later.
What we have is enough infrastructure that the deparsing can be done in
an external extension.  The intention is that we will add some deparsing
code in a later release, as an in-core extension.

A new test module is included.  It's probably insufficient as is, but it
should be sufficient as a starting point for a more complete and
future-proof approach.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera, with some help from Andres Freund, Ian Barwick,
Abhijit Menon-Sen.

Reviews by Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier,
Craig Ringer, David Steele.
Additional input from Chris Browne, Dimitri Fontaine, Stephen Frost,
Petr Jelínek, Tom Lane, Jim Nasby, Steven Singer, Pavel Stěhule.

Based on original work by Dimitri Fontaine, though I didn't use his
code.

Discussion:
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/m2txrsdzxa.fsf@2ndQuadrant.fr
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20131108153322.GU5809@eldon.alvh.no-ip.org
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20150215044814.GL3391@alvh.no-ip.org
2015-05-11 19:14:31 -03:00
Andrew Dunstan cb9fa802b3 Add new OID alias type regnamespace
Catalog version bumped

Kyotaro HORIGUCHI
2015-05-09 13:36:52 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 0c90f6769d Add new OID alias type regrole
The new type has the scope of whole the database cluster so it doesn't
behave the same as the existing OID alias types which have database
scope,
concerning object dependency. To avoid confusion constants of the new
type are prohibited from appearing where dependencies are made involving
it.

Also, add a note to the docs about possible MVCC violation and
optimization issues, which are general over the all reg* types.

Kyotaro Horiguchi
2015-05-09 13:06:49 -04:00
Stephen Frost 4b342fb591 Bump catversion for pg_file_settings
Pointed out by Andres (thanks!)

Apologies for not including it in the initial patch.
2015-05-08 19:14:32 -04:00
Stephen Frost a97e0c3354 Add pg_file_settings view and function
The function and view added here provide a way to look at all settings
in postgresql.conf, any #include'd files, and postgresql.auto.conf
(which is what backs the ALTER SYSTEM command).

The information returned includes the configuration file name, line
number in that file, sequence number indicating when the parameter is
loaded (useful to see if it is later masked by another definition of the
same parameter), parameter name, and what it is set to at that point.
This information is updated on reload of the server.

This is unfiltered, privileged, information and therefore access is
restricted to superusers through the GRANT system.

Author: Sawada Masahiko, various improvements by me.
Reviewers: David Steele
2015-05-08 19:09:26 -04:00
Andres Freund 168d5805e4 Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint.  DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row.  DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed.  The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.

This feature is often referred to as upsert.

This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert.  If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made.  If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.

To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.

Bumps catversion as stored rules change.

Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
    Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
    Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:43:10 +02:00
Andres Freund 2c8f4836db Represent columns requiring insert and update privileges indentently.
Previously, relation range table entries used a single Bitmapset field
representing which columns required either UPDATE or INSERT privileges,
despite the fact that INSERT and UPDATE privileges are separately
cataloged, and may be independently held.  As statements so far required
either insert or update privileges but never both, that was
sufficient. The required permission could be inferred from the top level
statement run.

The upcoming INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE feature needs to
independently check for both privileges in one statement though, so that
is not sufficient anymore.

Bumps catversion as stored rules change.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
2015-05-08 00:20:46 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera db5f98ab4f Improve BRIN infra, minmax opclass and regression test
The minmax opclass was using the wrong support functions when
cross-datatypes queries were run.  Instead of trying to fix the
pg_amproc definitions (which apparently is not possible), use the
already correct pg_amop entries instead.  This requires jumping through
more hoops (read: extra syscache lookups) to obtain the underlying
functions to execute, but it is necessary for correctness.

Author: Emre Hasegeli, tweaked by Álvaro
Review: Andreas Karlsson

Also change BrinOpcInfo to record each stored type's typecache entry
instead of just the OID.  Turns out that the full type cache is
necessary in brin_deform_tuple: the original code used the indexed
type's byval and typlen properties to extract the stored tuple, which is
correct in Minmax; but in other implementations that want to store
something different, that's wrong.  The realization that this is a bug
comes from Emre also, but I did not use his patch.

I also adopted Emre's regression test code (with smallish changes),
which is more complete.
2015-05-07 13:02:22 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 3b6db1f445 Add geometry/range functions to support BRIN inclusion
This commit adds the following functions:
    box(point) -> box
    bound_box(box, box) -> box
    inet_same_family(inet, inet) -> bool
    inet_merge(inet, inet) -> cidr
    range_merge(anyrange, anyrange) -> anyrange

The first of these is also used to implement a new assignment cast from
point to box.

These functions are the first part of a base to implement an "inclusion"
operator class for BRIN, for multidimensional data types.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed by: Andreas Karlsson
2015-05-05 15:22:24 -03:00
Tom Lane 2503982be4 Improve procost estimates for some text search functions.
The text search functions that involve parsing raw text into lexemes are
remarkably CPU-intensive, so estimating them at the same cost as most other
built-in functions seems like a mistake; moreover, doing so turns out to
discourage the optimizer from using functional indexes on these functions.
After some debate, we've agreed to raise procost from 1 to 100 for
to_tsvector(), plainto_tsvector(), to_tsquery(), ts_headline(),
ts_match_tt(), and ts_match_tq(), which are all the text search functions
that parse raw text.

Also increase procost for the 2-argument form of ts_rewrite()
(tsquery_rewrite_query); while this function doesn't do text parsing,
it does execute a user-supplied SQL query, so its previous procost of 1 is
clearly a drastic underestimate.  It seems reasonable to assign it the same
cost we assign to PL functions by default, so 100 is the number here too.

I did not bother bumping catversion for this change, since it does not
break catalog compatibility with the server executable nor result in
any regression test changes.

Per complaint from Andrew Gierth and subsequent discussion.
2015-05-04 15:38:57 -04:00
Andres Freund 2b22795b32 Copy editing of the replication origins patch.
Michael Paquier and myself.
2015-05-01 12:22:13 +02:00
Robert Haas 924bcf4f16 Create an infrastructure for parallel computation in PostgreSQL.
This does four basic things.  First, it provides convenience routines
to coordinate the startup and shutdown of parallel workers.  Second,
it synchronizes various pieces of state (e.g. GUCs, combo CID
mappings, transaction snapshot) from the parallel group leader to the
worker processes.  Third, it prohibits various operations that would
result in unsafe changes to that state while parallelism is active.
Finally, it propagates events that would result in an ErrorResponse,
NoticeResponse, or NotifyResponse message being sent to the client
from the parallel workers back to the master, from which they can then
be sent on to the client.

Robert Haas, Amit Kapila, Noah Misch, Rushabh Lathia, Jeevan Chalke.
Suggestions and review from Andres Freund, Heikki Linnakangas, Noah
Misch, Simon Riggs, Euler Taveira, and Jim Nasby.
2015-04-30 15:02:14 -04:00
Andres Freund 5aa2350426 Introduce replication progress tracking infrastructure.
When implementing a replication solution ontop of logical decoding, two
related problems exist:
* How to safely keep track of replication progress
* How to change replication behavior, based on the origin of a row;
  e.g. to avoid loops in bi-directional replication setups

The solution to these problems, as implemented here, consist out of
three parts:

1) 'replication origins', which identify nodes in a replication setup.
2) 'replication progress tracking', which remembers, for each
   replication origin, how far replay has progressed in a efficient and
   crash safe manner.
3) The ability to filter out changes performed on the behest of a
   replication origin during logical decoding; this allows complex
   replication topologies. E.g. by filtering all replayed changes out.

Most of this could also be implemented in "userspace", e.g. by inserting
additional rows contain origin information, but that ends up being much
less efficient and more complicated.  We don't want to require various
replication solutions to reimplement logic for this independently. The
infrastructure is intended to be generic enough to be reusable.

This infrastructure also replaces the 'nodeid' infrastructure of commit
timestamps. It is intended to provide all the former capabilities,
except that there's only 2^16 different origins; but now they integrate
with logical decoding. Additionally more functionality is accessible via
SQL.  Since the commit timestamp infrastructure has also been introduced
in 9.5 (commit 73c986add) changing the API is not a problem.

For now the number of origins for which the replication progress can be
tracked simultaneously is determined by the max_replication_slots
GUC. That GUC is not a perfect match to configure this, but there
doesn't seem to be sufficient reason to introduce a separate new one.

Bumps both catversion and wal page magic.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions from Petr Jelinek and Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Steve Singer
Discussion: 20150216002155.GI15326@awork2.anarazel.de,
    20140923182422.GA15776@alap3.anarazel.de,
    20131114172632.GE7522@alap2.anarazel.de
2015-04-29 19:30:53 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut cac7658205 Add transforms feature
This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data
types and procedural languages.  As examples, there are transforms
for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python.

reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 10:33:14 -04:00
Andres Freund cef939c347 Rename pg_replication_slot's new active_in to active_pid.
In d811c037ce active_in was added but discussion since showed that
active_pid is preferred as a name.

Discussion: CAMsr+YFKgZca5_7_ouaMWxA5PneJC9LNViPzpDHusaPhU9pA7g@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-22 09:43:40 +02:00
Andres Freund d811c037ce Add 'active_in' column to pg_replication_slots.
Right now it is visible whether a replication slot is active in any
session, but not in which.  Adding the active_in column, containing the
pid of the backend having acquired the slot, makes it much easier to
associate pg_replication_slots entries with the corresponding
pg_stat_replication/pg_stat_activity row.

This should have been done from the start, but I (Andres) dropped the
ball there somehow.

Author: Craig Ringer, revised by me Discussion:
CAMsr+YFKgZca5_7_ouaMWxA5PneJC9LNViPzpDHusaPhU9pA7g@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-21 11:51:06 +02:00
Bruce Momjian f92fc4c95d pg_upgrade: binary_upgrade_create_empty_extension() is strict
Was broken by commit 30982be4e5.

Patch by Jeff Janes
2015-04-17 20:08:42 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 30982be4e5 Integrate pg_upgrade_support module into backend
Previously, these functions were created in a schema "binary_upgrade",
which was deleted after pg_upgrade was finished.  Because we don't want
to keep that schema around permanently, move them to pg_catalog but
rename them with a binary_upgrade_... prefix.

The provided functions are only small wrappers around global variables
that were added specifically for pg_upgrade use, so keeping the module
separate does not create any modularity.

The functions still check that they are only called in binary upgrade
mode, so it is not possible to call these during normal operation.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-14 19:26:37 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 4f700bcd20 Reorganize our CRC source files again.
Now that we use CRC-32C in WAL and the control file, the "traditional" and
"legacy" CRC-32 variants are not used in any frontend programs anymore.
Move the code for those back from src/common to src/backend/utils/hash.

Also move the slicing-by-8 implementation (back) to src/port. This is in
preparation for next patch that will add another implementation that uses
Intel SSE 4.2 instructions to calculate CRC-32C, where available.
2015-04-14 17:03:42 +03:00
Magnus Hagander 9029f4b374 Add system view pg_stat_ssl
This view shows information about all connections, such as if the
connection is using SSL, which cipher is used, and which client
certificate (if any) is used.

Reviews by Alex Shulgin, Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund & Michael Paquier
2015-04-12 19:07:46 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera e9a077cad3 pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column
It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the
backend.  Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it
was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want
to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session.  Temp
objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because
such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the
current session.
2015-04-06 11:40:55 -03:00
Robert Haas abd94bcac4 Use abbreviated keys for faster sorting of numeric datums.
Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, with further tweaks by me.
2015-04-02 14:04:26 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas f770870d9e Move inet/cidr GiST opclass functions to correct place in header file.
They were accidentally placed under the GIN heading.

Andreas Karlsson
2015-04-01 19:20:45 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 97690ea6e8 Change array_offset to return subscripts, not offsets
... and rename it and its sibling array_offsets to array_position and
array_positions, to account for the changed behavior.

Having the functions return subscripts better matches existing practice,
and is better suited to using the result value as a subscript into the
array directly.  For one-based arrays, the new definition is identical
to what was originally committed.

(We use the term "subscript" in the documentation, which is what we use
whenever we talk about arrays; but the functions themselves are named
using the word "position" to match the standard-defined POSITION()
functions.)

Author: Pavel Stěhule
Behavioral problem noted by Dean Rasheed.
2015-03-30 16:13:21 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 0633a60f4d Add index-only scan support to range type GiST opclass.
Andreas Karlsson
2015-03-30 13:22:38 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 3a20b0e7b6 Add index-only scan support to inet GiST opclass.
Andreas Karlsson
2015-03-28 15:11:53 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas d04c8ed904 Add support for index-only scans in GiST.
This adds a new GiST opclass method, 'fetch', which is used to reconstruct
the original Datum from the value stored in the index. Also, the 'canreturn'
index AM interface function gains a new 'attno' argument. That makes it
possible to use index-only scans on a multi-column index where some of the
opclasses support index-only scans but some do not.

This patch adds support in the box and point opclasses. Other opclasses
can added later as follow-on patches (btree_gist would be particularly
interesting).

Anastasia Lubennikova, with additional fixes and modifications by me.
2015-03-26 19:12:00 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera bdc3d7fa23 Return ObjectAddress in many ALTER TABLE sub-routines
Since commit a2e35b53c3, most CREATE and ALTER commands return the
ObjectAddress of the affected object.  This is useful for event triggers
to try to figure out exactly what happened.  This patch extends this
idea a bit further to cover ALTER TABLE as well: an auxiliary
ObjectAddress is returned for each of several subcommands of ALTER
TABLE.  This makes it possible to decode with precision what happened
during execution of any ALTER TABLE command; for instance, which
constraint was added by ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT, or which parent got
dropped from the parents list by ALTER TABLE NO INHERIT.

As with the previous patch, there is no immediate user-visible change
here.

This is all really just continuing what c504513f83 started.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-25 17:17:56 -03:00
Bruce Momjian 1c7087af42 Add TOAST table to pg_shseclabel for long label use
Report by Andres Freund
2015-03-21 22:14:49 -04:00
Andres Freund 959277a4f5 Use 128-bit math to accelerate some aggregation functions.
On platforms where we support 128bit integers, use them to implement
faster transition functions for sum(int8), avg(int8),
var_*(int2/int4),stdev_*(int2/int4). Where not supported continue to use
numeric as a transition type.

In some synthetic benchmarks this has been shown to provide significant
speedups.

Bumps catversion.

Discussion: 544BB5F1.50709@proxel.se
Author: Andreas Karlsson
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Petr Jelinek, Andres Freund,
    Oskari Saarenmaa, David Rowley
2015-03-20 10:29:32 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 13dbc7a824 array_offset() and array_offsets()
These functions return the offset position or positions of a value in an
array.

Author: Pavel Stěhule
Reviewed by: Jim Nasby
2015-03-18 16:01:34 -03:00
Tom Lane 7b8b8a4331 Improve representation of PlanRowMark.
This patch fixes two inadequacies of the PlanRowMark representation.

First, that the original LockingClauseStrength isn't stored (and cannot be
inferred for foreign tables, which always get ROW_MARK_COPY).  Since some
PlanRowMarks are created out of whole cloth and don't actually have an
ancestral RowMarkClause, this requires adding a dummy LCS_NONE value to
enum LockingClauseStrength, which is fairly annoying but the alternatives
seem worse.  This fix allows getting rid of the use of get_parse_rowmark()
in FDWs (as per the discussion around commits 462bd95705 and
8ec8760fc8), and it simplifies some things elsewhere.

Second, that the representation assumed that all child tables in an
inheritance hierarchy would use the same RowMarkType.  That's true today
but will soon not be true.  We add an "allMarkTypes" field that identifies
the union of mark types used in all a parent table's children, and use
that where appropriate (currently, only in preprocess_targetlist()).

In passing fix a couple of minor infelicities left over from the SKIP
LOCKED patch, notably that _outPlanRowMark still thought waitPolicy
is a bool.

Catversion bump is required because the numeric values of enum
LockingClauseStrength can appear in on-disk rules.

Extracted from a much larger patch to support foreign table inheritance;
it seemed worth breaking this out, since it's a separable concern.

Shigeru Hanada and Etsuro Fujita, somewhat modified by me
2015-03-15 18:41:47 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut bb8582abf3 Remove rolcatupdate
This role attribute is an ancient PostgreSQL feature, but could only be
set by directly updating the system catalogs, and it doesn't have any
clearly defined use.

Author: Adam Brightwell <adam.brightwell@crunchydatasolutions.com>
2015-03-06 23:42:38 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera a2e35b53c3 Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID
The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by
ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object
information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes.
Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would
be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually
implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress
is more widely useful.

Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument
that's an object address which provides further info about the executed
command.  To wit:

* for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of
  the new constraint

* for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the
  schema that originally contained the object.

* for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address
  of the object added to or dropped from the extension.

There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change
either.

Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net
Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 14:10:50 -03:00
Tom Lane b67f1ce181 Reduce json <=> jsonb casts from explicit-only to assignment level.
There's no reason to make users write an explicit cast to store a
json value in a jsonb column or vice versa.

We could probably even make these implicit, but that might open us up
to problems with ambiguous function calls, so for now just do this.
2015-03-03 11:26:04 -05:00
Noah Misch b8a18ad485 Add transform functions for AT TIME ZONE.
This makes "ALTER TABLE tabname ALTER tscol TYPE ... USING tscol AT TIME
ZONE 'UTC'" skip rewriting the table when altering from "timestamp" to
"timestamptz" or vice versa.  While it would be nicer still to optimize
this in the absence of the USING clause given timezone==UTC, transform
functions must consult IMMUTABLE facts only.
2015-03-01 13:22:34 -05:00
Tom Lane c063da1769 Add parse location fields to NullTest and BooleanTest structs.
We did not need a location tag on NullTest or BooleanTest before, because
no error messages referred directly to their locations.  That's planned
to change though, so add these fields in a separate housekeeping commit.

Catversion bump because stored rules may change.
2015-02-22 14:40:27 -05:00
Andres Freund 82a532b34d Force some system catalog table columns to be marked NOT NULL.
In a manual pass over the catalog declaration I found a number of
columns which the boostrap automatism didn't mark NOT NULL even though
they actually were. Add BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL markings to them.

It's usually not critical if a system table column is falsely determined
to be nullable as the code should always catch relevant cases. But it's
good to have a extra layer in place.

Discussion: 20150215170014.GE15326@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-02-21 22:37:05 +01:00
Andres Freund eb68379c38 Allow forcing nullness of columns during bootstrap.
Bootstrap determines whether a column is null based on simple builtin
rules. Those work surprisingly well, but nonetheless a few existing
columns aren't set correctly. Additionally there is at least one patch
sent to hackers where forcing the nullness of a column would be helpful.

The boostrap format has gained FORCE [NOT] NULL for this, which will be
emitted by genbki.pl when BKI_FORCE_(NOT_)?NULL is specified for a
column in a catalog header.

This patch doesn't change the marking of any existing columns.

Discussion: 20150215170014.GE15326@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-02-21 22:31:54 +01:00
Tom Lane 692bd09ad1 Use "#ifdef CATALOG_VARLEN" to protect nullable fields of pg_authid.
This gives a stronger guarantee than a mere comment against accessing these
fields as simple struct members.  Since rolpassword is in fact varlena,
it's not clear why these didn't get marked from the beginning, but let's
do it now.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-20 00:23:48 -05:00
Tom Lane 09d8d110a6 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in a bunch more places.
Replace some bogus "x[1]" declarations with "x[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]".
Aside from being more self-documenting, this should help prevent bogus
warnings from static code analyzers and perhaps compiler misoptimizations.

This patch is just a down payment on eliminating the whole problem, but
it gets rid of a lot of easy-to-fix cases.

Note that the main problem with doing this is that one must no longer rely
on computing sizeof(the containing struct), since the result would be
compiler-dependent.  Instead use offsetof(struct, lastfield).  Autoconf
also warns against spelling that offsetof(struct, lastfield[0]).

Michael Paquier, review and additional fixes by me.
2015-02-20 00:11:42 -05:00
Tom Lane 2fb7a75f37 Add pg_stat_get_snapshot_timestamp() to show statistics snapshot timestamp.
Per discussion, this could be useful for purposes such as programmatically
detecting a nonresponding stats collector.  We already have the timestamp
anyway, it's just a matter of providing a SQL-accessible function to fetch
it.

Matt Kelly, reviewed by Jim Nasby
2015-02-19 21:36:50 -05:00
Tom Lane 56a79a869b Split array_push into separate array_append and array_prepend functions.
There wasn't any good reason for a single C function to implement both
these SQL functions: it saved very little code overall, and it required
significant pushups to re-determine at runtime which case applied.  Redoing
it as two functions ends up with just slightly more lines of code, but it's
simpler to understand, and faster too because we need not repeat syscache
lookups on every call.

An important side benefit is that this eliminates the only case in which
different aliases of the same C function had both anyarray and anyelement
arguments at the same position, which would almost always be a mistake.
The opr_sanity regression test will now notice such mistakes since there's
no longer a valid case where it happens.
2015-02-18 20:53:33 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas c619c2351f Move pg_crc.c to src/common, and remove pg_crc_tables.h
To get CRC functionality in a client program, you now need to link with
libpgcommon instead of libpgport. The CRC code has nothing to do with
portability, so libpgcommon is a better home. (libpgcommon didn't exist
when pg_crc.c was originally moved to src/port.)

Remove the possibility to get CRC functionality by just #including
pg_crc_tables.h. I'm not aware of any extensions that actually did that and
couldn't simply link with libpgcommon.

This also moves the pg_crc.h header file from src/include/utils to
src/include/common, which will require changes to any external programs
that currently does #include "utils/pg_crc.h". That seems acceptable, as
include/common is clearly the right home for it now, and the change needed
to any such programs is trivial.
2015-02-09 11:17:56 +02:00
Tom Lane 3d660d33aa Fix assorted oversights in range selectivity estimation.
calc_rangesel() failed outright when comparing range variables to empty
constant ranges with < or >=, as a result of missing cases in a switch.
It also produced a bogus estimate for > comparison to an empty range.

On top of that, the >= and > cases were mislabeled throughout.  For
nonempty constant ranges, they managed to produce the right answers
anyway as a result of counterbalancing typos.

Also, default_range_selectivity() omitted cases for elem <@ range,
range &< range, and range &> range, so that rather dubious defaults
were applied for these operators.

In passing, rearrange the code in rangesel() so that the elem <@ range
case is handled in a less opaque fashion.

Report and patch by Emre Hasegeli, some additional work by me
2015-01-30 12:30:59 -05:00
Stephen Frost c7cf9a2433 Add usebypassrls to pg_user and pg_shadow
The row level security patches didn't add the 'usebypassrls' columns to
the pg_user and pg_shadow views on the belief that they were deprecated,
but we havn't actually said they are and therefore we should include it.

This patch corrects that, adds missing documentation for rolbypassrls
into the system catalog page for pg_authid, along with the entries for
pg_user and pg_shadow, and cleans up a few other uses of 'row-level'
cases to be 'row level' in the docs.

Pointed out by Amit Kapila.

Catalog version bump due to system view changes.
2015-01-28 21:47:15 -05:00
Tom Lane fd496129d1 Clean up some mess in row-security patches.
Fix unsafe coding around PG_TRY in RelationBuildRowSecurity: can't change
a variable inside PG_TRY and then use it in PG_CATCH without marking it
"volatile".  In this case though it seems saner to avoid that by doing
a single assignment before entering the TRY block.

I started out just intending to fix that, but the more I looked at the
row-security code the more distressed I got.  This patch also fixes
incorrect construction of the RowSecurityPolicy cache entries (there was
not sufficient care taken to copy pass-by-ref data into the cache memory
context) and a whole bunch of sloppiness around the definition and use of
pg_policy.polcmd.  You can't use nulls in that column because initdb will
mark it NOT NULL --- and I see no particular reason why a null entry would
be a good idea anyway, so changing initdb's behavior is not the right
answer.  The internal value of '\0' wouldn't be suitable in a "char" column
either, so after a bit of thought I settled on using '*' to represent ALL.
Chasing those changes down also revealed that somebody wasn't paying
attention to what the underlying values of ACL_UPDATE_CHR etc really were,
and there was a great deal of lackadaiscalness in the catalogs.sgml
documentation for pg_policy and pg_policies too.

This doesn't pretend to be a complete code review for the row-security
stuff, it just fixes the things that were in my face while dealing with
the bugs in RelationBuildRowSecurity.
2015-01-24 16:16:22 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 972bf7d6f1 Tweak BRIN minmax operator class
In the union support proc, we were not checking the hasnulls flag of
value A early enough, so it could be skipped if the "allnulls" flag in
value B is set.  Also, a check on the allnulls flag of value "B" was
redundant, so remove it.

Also change inet_minmax_ops to not be the default opclass for type inet,
as a future inclusion operator class would be more useful and it's
pretty difficult to change default opclass for a datatype later on.
(There is no catversion bump for this catalog change; this shouldn't be
a problem.)

Extracted from a larger patch to add an "inclusion" operator class.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
2015-01-22 17:01:09 -03:00
Bruce Momjian 4baaf863ec Update copyright for 2015
Backpatch certain files through 9.0
2015-01-06 11:43:47 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 72dd233d3e pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: Add name/args output columns
These columns can be passed to pg_get_object_address() and used to
reconstruct the dropped objects identities in a remote server containing
similar objects, so that the drop can be replicated.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Andres
Freund.
2014-12-30 17:41:46 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera a676201490 Add pg_identify_object_as_address
This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can
be passed to pg_get_object_address.  This is especially useful because
the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to
obtain the corresponding OID-based address.  In essence, this function
is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address().

Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function.

Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 15:41:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera a609d96778 Revert "Use a bitmask to represent role attributes"
This reverts commit 1826987a46.

The overall design was deemed unacceptable, in discussion following the
previous commit message; we might find some parts of it still
salvageable, but I don't want to be on the hook for fixing it, so let's
wait until we have a new patch.
2014-12-23 15:35:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera d7ee82e50f Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address
This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to
obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted
by the parser.  This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let
replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers,
where the schema might be different than the server originating the
DROP.

This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address;
that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value.

Catalog version bumped due to the new function.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres
Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 15:31:29 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 1826987a46 Use a bitmask to represent role attributes
The previous representation using a boolean column for each attribute
would not scale as well as we want to add further attributes.

Extra auxilliary functions are added to go along with this change, to
make up for the lost convenience of access of the old representation.

Catalog version bumped due to change in catalogs and the new functions.

Author: Adam Brightwell, minor tweaks by Álvaro
Reviewed by: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
2014-12-23 10:22:09 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 0ee98d1cbf pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add behavior flags
Add "normal" and "original" flags as output columns to the
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects() function.  With this it's possible to
distinguish which objects, among those listed, need to be explicitely
referenced when trying to replicate a deletion.

This is necessary so that the list of objects can be pruned to the
minimum necessary to replicate the DROP command in a remote server that
might have slightly different schema (for instance, TOAST tables and
constraints with different names and such.)

Catalog version bumped due to change of function definition.

Reviewed by: Abhijit Menon-Sen, Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas,
Robert Haas.
2014-12-19 15:00:45 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 4520ba6769 Add point <-> polygon distance operator.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli.
2014-12-15 17:06:21 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan 7e354ab9fe Add several generator functions for jsonb that exist for json.
The functions are:
    to_jsonb()
    jsonb_object()
    jsonb_build_object()
    jsonb_build_array()
    jsonb_agg()
    jsonb_object_agg()

Also along the way some better logic is implemented in
json_categorize_type() to match that in the newly implemented
jsonb_categorize_type().

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Alvaro Herrera.
2014-12-12 15:31:14 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 237a882443 Add json_strip_nulls and jsonb_strip_nulls functions.
The functions remove object fields, including in nested objects, that
have null as a value. In certain cases this can lead to considerably
smaller datums, with no loss of semantic information.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Pavel Stehule.
2014-12-12 09:00:43 -05:00
Simon Riggs 618c9430a8 Event Trigger for table_rewrite
Generate a table_rewrite event when ALTER TABLE
attempts to rewrite a table. Provide helper
functions to identify table and reason.

Intended use case is to help assess or to react
to schema changes that might hold exclusive locks
for long periods.

Dimitri Fontaine, triggering an edit by Simon Riggs

Reviewed in detail by Michael Paquier
2014-12-08 00:55:28 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 73c986adde Keep track of transaction commit timestamps
Transactions can now set their commit timestamp directly as they commit,
or an external transaction commit timestamp can be fed from an outside
system using the new function TransactionTreeSetCommitTsData().  This
data is crash-safe, and truncated at Xid freeze point, same as pg_clog.

This module is disabled by default because it causes a performance hit,
but can be enabled in postgresql.conf requiring only a server restart.

A new test in src/test/modules is included.

Catalog version bumped due to the new subdirectory within PGDATA and a
couple of new SQL functions.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera and Petr Jelínek

Reviewed to varying degrees by Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Robert
Haas, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao, Jaime Casanova, Simon Riggs, Steven
Singer, Peter Eisentraut
2014-12-03 11:53:02 -03:00
Tom Lane 1511521a36 Minor cleanup of function declarations for BRIN.
Get rid of PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1() macros, which are quite inappropriate
for built-in functions (possibly leftovers from testing as a loadable
module?).  Also, fix gratuitous inconsistency between SQL-level and
C-level names of the minmax support functions.
2014-12-02 14:07:54 -05:00
Tom Lane 866737c923 Add a #define for the inet overlaps operator.
Extracted from pending inet selectivity patch.  The rest of it isn't
quite ready to commit, but we might as well push this part so the patch
doesn't have to track the moving target of pg_operator.h.
2014-11-30 19:43:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 816e10d800 Fix BRIN operator family definitions
The original definitions were leaving no room for cross-type operators,
so queries that compared a column of one type against something of a
different type were not taking advantage of the index.  Fix by making
the opfamilies more like the ones for Btree, and include a few
cross-type operator classes.

Catalog version bumped.

Per complaints from Hubert Lubaczewski, Mark Wong, Heikki Linnakangas.
2014-11-28 18:09:19 -03:00
Stephen Frost 143b39c185 Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes
As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity
pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies.  This
patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to
match the new catalog name.

The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also
pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and
re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY
processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we
finish planning out the query which has been built.

Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries
for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various
places.  This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the
ability to COMMENT on policies.

In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments,
and documentation as well.  This removes various incarnations of
'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor
of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate.

Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 01:15:57 -05:00
Tom Lane bac27394a1 Support arrays as input to array_agg() and ARRAY(SELECT ...).
These cases formerly failed with errors about "could not find array type
for data type".  Now they yield arrays of the same element type and one
higher dimension.

The implementation involves creating functions with API similar to the
existing accumArrayResult() family.  I (tgl) also extended the base family
by adding an initArrayResult() function, which allows callers to avoid
special-casing the zero-inputs case if they just want an empty array as
result.  (Not all do, so the previous calling convention remains valid.)
This allowed simplifying some existing code in xml.c and plperl.c.

Ali Akbar, reviewed by Pavel Stehule, significantly modified by me
2014-11-25 12:21:28 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 0bd624d63b Distinguish XLOG_FPI records generated for hint-bit updates.
Add a new XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT record type, and use that for full-page images
generated for hint bit updates, when checksums are enabled. The new record
type is replayed exactly the same as XLOG_FPI, but allows them to be tallied
separately e.g. in pg_xlogdump.
2014-11-24 11:09:08 +02:00
Tom Lane c5111ea9ca Remove no-longer-needed phony typedefs in genbki.h.
Now that we have a policy of hiding varlena catalog fields behind
"#ifdef CATALOG_VARLEN", there is no need for their type names to be
acceptable to the C compiler.  And experimentation shows that it does
not matter to pgindent either.  (If it did, we'd have problems anyway,
since these typedefs are unreferenced so far as the C compiler is
concerned, and find_typedef fails to identify such typedefs.)

Hence, remove the phony typedefs that genbki.h provided to make
some varlena field definitions compilable.

In passing, rearrange #define's into what seemed a more logical order.
2014-11-20 13:16:14 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 2c03216d83 Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.

There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.

This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.

For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.

The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.

Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 18:46:41 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 85b506bbfc Get rid of SET LOGGED indexes persistence kludge
This removes ATChangeIndexesPersistence() introduced by f41872d0c1
which was too ugly to live for long.  Instead, the correct persistence
marking is passed all the way down to reindex_index, so that the
transient relation built to contain the index relfilenode can
get marked correctly right from the start.

Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Review and editorialization by Michael Paquier
                                     and Álvaro Herrera
2014-11-15 01:19:49 -03:00
Fujii Masao 1871c89202 Add generate_series(numeric, numeric).
Платон Малюгин
Reviewed by Michael Paquier, Ali Akbar and Marti Raudsepp
2014-11-11 21:44:46 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 7516f52594 BRIN: Block Range Indexes
BRIN is a new index access method intended to accelerate scans of very
large tables, without the maintenance overhead of btrees or other
traditional indexes.  They work by maintaining "summary" data about
block ranges.  Bitmap index scans work by reading each summary tuple and
comparing them with the query quals; all pages in the range are returned
in a lossy TID bitmap if the quals are consistent with the values in the
summary tuple, otherwise not.  Normal index scans are not supported
because these indexes do not store TIDs.

As new tuples are added into the index, the summary information is
updated (if the block range in which the tuple is added is already
summarized) or not; in the latter case, a subsequent pass of VACUUM or
the brin_summarize_new_values() function will create the summary
information.

For data types with natural 1-D sort orders, the summary info consists
of the maximum and the minimum values of each indexed column within each
page range.  This type of operator class we call "Minmax", and we
supply a bunch of them for most data types with B-tree opclasses.
Since the BRIN code is generalized, other approaches are possible for
things such as arrays, geometric types, ranges, etc; even for things
such as enum types we could do something different than minmax with
better results.  In this commit I only include minmax.

Catalog version bumped due to new builtin catalog entries.

There's more that could be done here, but this is a good step forwards.

Loosely based on ideas from Simon Riggs; code mostly by Álvaro Herrera,
with contribution by Heikki Linnakangas.

Patch reviewed by: Amit Kapila, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas.
Testing help from Jeff Janes, Erik Rijkers, Emanuel Calvo.

PS:
  The research leading to these results has received funding from the
  European Union's Seventh Framework Programme (FP7/2007-2013) under
  grant agreement n° 318633.
2014-11-07 16:38:14 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 2076db2aea Move the backup-block logic from XLogInsert to a new file, xloginsert.c.
xlog.c is huge, this makes it a little bit smaller, which is nice. Functions
related to putting together the WAL record are in xloginsert.c, and the
lower level stuff for managing WAL buffers and such are in xlog.c.

Also move the definition of XLogRecord to a separate header file. This
causes churn in the #includes of all the files that write WAL records, and
redo routines, but it avoids pulling in xlog.h into most places.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund and Amit Kapila.
2014-11-06 13:55:36 +02:00
Fujii Masao 08309aaf74 Implement IF NOT EXIST for CREATE INDEX.
Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp, Adam Brightwell and me.
2014-11-06 18:48:33 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas 5028f22f6e Switch to CRC-32C in WAL and other places.
The old algorithm was found to not be the usual CRC-32 algorithm, used by
Ethernet et al. We were using a non-reflected lookup table with code meant
for a reflected lookup table. That's a strange combination that AFAICS does
not correspond to any bit-wise CRC calculation, which makes it difficult to
reason about its properties. Although it has worked well in practice, seems
safer to use a well-known algorithm.

Since we're changing the algorithm anyway, we might as well choose a
different polynomial. The Castagnoli polynomial has better error-correcting
properties than the traditional CRC-32 polynomial, even if we had
implemented it correctly. Another reason for picking that is that some new
CPUs have hardware support for calculating CRC-32C, but not CRC-32, let
alone our strange variant of it. This patch doesn't add any support for such
hardware, but a future patch could now do that.

The old algorithm is kept around for tsquery and pg_trgm, which use the
values in indexes that need to remain compatible so that pg_upgrade works.
While we're at it, share the old lookup table for CRC-32 calculation
between hstore, ltree and core. They all use the same table, so might as
well.
2014-11-04 11:39:48 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan af2b8fd057 Correct volatility markings of a few json functions.
json_agg and json_object_agg and their associated transition functions
should have been marked as stable rather than immutable, as they call IO
functions indirectly. Changing this probably isn't going to make much
difference, as you can't use an aggregate function in an index
expression, but we should be correct nevertheless.

json_object, on the other hand, should be marked immutable rather than
stable, as it does not call IO functions.

As discussed on -hackers, this change is being made without bumping the
catalog version, as we don't want to do that at this stage of the  cycle,
and  the changes are very unlikely to affect anyone.
2014-10-20 15:31:05 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera df630b0dd5 Implement SKIP LOCKED for row-level locks
This clause changes the behavior of SELECT locking clauses in the
presence of locked rows: instead of causing a process to block waiting
for the locks held by other processes (or raise an error, with NOWAIT),
SKIP LOCKED makes the new reader skip over such rows.  While this is not
appropriate behavior for general purposes, there are some cases in which
it is useful, such as queue-like tables.

Catalog version bumped because this patch changes the representation of
stored rules.

Reviewed by Craig Ringer (based on a previous attempt at an
implementation by Simon Riggs, who also provided input on the syntax
used in the current patch), David Rowley, and Álvaro Herrera.

Author: Thomas Munro
2014-10-07 17:23:34 -03:00
Stephen Frost c8a026e4f1 Revert 95d737ff to add 'ignore_nulls'
Per discussion, revert the commit which added 'ignore_nulls' to
row_to_json.  This capability would be better added as an independent
function rather than being bolted on to row_to_json.  Additionally,
the implementation didn't address complex JSON objects, and so was
incomplete anyway.

Pointed out by Tom and discussed with Andrew and Robert.
2014-09-29 13:32:22 -04:00
Tom Lane def4c28cf9 Change JSONB's on-disk format for improved performance.
The original design used an array of offsets into the variable-length
portion of a JSONB container.  However, such an array is basically
uncompressible by simple compression techniques such as TOAST's LZ
compressor.  That's bad enough, but because the offset array is at the
front, it tended to trigger the give-up-after-1KB heuristic in the TOAST
code, so that the entire JSONB object was stored uncompressed; which was
the root cause of bug #11109 from Larry White.

To fix without losing the ability to extract a random array element in O(1)
time, change this scheme so that most of the JEntry array elements hold
lengths rather than offsets.  With data that's compressible at all, there
tend to be fewer distinct element lengths, so that there is scope for
compression of the JEntry array.  Every N'th entry is still an offset.
To determine the length or offset of any specific element, we might have
to examine up to N preceding JEntrys, but that's still O(1) so far as the
total container size is concerned.  Testing shows that this cost is
negligible compared to other costs of accessing a JSONB field, and that
the method does largely fix the incompressible-data problem.

While at it, rearrange the order of elements in a JSONB object so that
it's "all the keys, then all the values" not alternating keys and values.
This doesn't really make much difference right at the moment, but it will
allow providing a fast path for extracting individual object fields from
large JSONB values stored EXTERNAL (ie, uncompressed), analogously to the
existing optimization for substring extraction from large EXTERNAL text
values.

Bump catversion to denote the incompatibility in on-disk format.
We will need to fix pg_upgrade to disallow upgrading jsonb data stored
with 9.4 betas 1 and 2.

Heikki Linnakangas and Tom Lane
2014-09-29 12:29:21 -04:00
Stephen Frost 6550b901fe Code review for row security.
Buildfarm member tick identified an issue where the policies in the
relcache for a relation were were being replaced underneath a running
query, leading to segfaults while processing the policies to be added
to a query.  Similar to how TupleDesc RuleLocks are handled, add in a
equalRSDesc() function to check if the policies have actually changed
and, if not, swap back the rsdesc field (using the original instead of
the temporairly built one; the whole structure is swapped and then
specific fields swapped back).  This now passes a CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS
for me and should resolve the buildfarm error.

In addition to addressing this, add a new chapter in Data Definition
under Privileges which explains row security and provides examples of
its usage, change \d to always list policies (even if row security is
disabled- but note that it is disabled, or enabled with no policies),
rework check_role_for_policy (it really didn't need the entire policy,
but it did need to be using has_privs_of_role()), and change the field
in pg_class to relrowsecurity from relhasrowsecurity, based on
Heikki's suggestion.  Also from Heikki, only issue SET ROW_SECURITY in
pg_restore when talking to a 9.5+ server, list Bypass RLS in \du, and
document --enable-row-security options for pg_dump and pg_restore.

Lastly, fix a number of minor whitespace and typo issues from Heikki,
Dimitri, add a missing #include, per Peter E, fix a few minor
variable-assigned-but-not-used and resource leak issues from Coverity
and add tab completion for role attribute bypassrls as well.
2014-09-24 16:32:22 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan b1a52872ae Fix typos in descriptions of json_object functions. 2014-09-24 11:24:42 -04:00
Stephen Frost 491c029dbc Row-Level Security Policies (RLS)
Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the
ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows
which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added
to a table.  Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are
added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions
defined to check records being added to a table are added to the
with-check options of the query.

New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are
controlled by the table owner.  Row Security is able to be enabled
and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using
ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY.

Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and
must be enabled for policies on the table to be used.  If no
policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny
policy is used and no records will be visible.

By default, row security is applied at all times except for the
table owner and the superuser.  A new GUC, row_security, is added
which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE.  When set to FORCE, row
security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers.
When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an
error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row
security.

Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure
that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will
error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security.
A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to
ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled.

A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the
superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row
security using row_security = OFF.

Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the
design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback.

Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean
Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me.

Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith,
Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 11:18:35 -04:00
Andres Freund 728f152e07 Add rmgr callback to name xlog record types for display purposes.
This is primarily useful for the upcoming pg_xlogdump --stats feature,
but also allows to remove some duplicated code in the rmgr_desc
routines.

Due to the separation and harmonization, the output of dipsplayed
records changes somewhat. But since this isn't enduser oriented
content that's ok.

It's potentially desirable to further change pg_xlogdump's display of
records. It previously wasn't possible to show the record type
separately from the description forcing it to be in the last
column. But that's better done in a separate commit.

Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen, slightly editorialized by me
Reviewed-By: Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, and Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: 20140604104716.GA3989@toroid.org
2014-09-19 16:20:29 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas 77e65bf369 Fix the return type of GIN triConsistent support functions to "char".
They were marked to return a boolean, but they actually return a
GinTernaryValue, which is more like a "char". It makes no practical
difference, as the triConsistent functions cannot be called directly from
SQL because they have "internal" arguments, but this nevertheless seems
more correct.

Also fix the GinTernaryValue name in the documentation. I renamed the enum
earlier, but neglected the docs.

Alexander Korotkov. This is new in 9.4, so backpatch there.
2014-09-16 09:22:33 +03:00
Stephen Frost 95d737ff45 Add 'ignore_nulls' option to row_to_json
Provide an option to skip NULL values in a row when generating a JSON
object from that row with row_to_json.  This can reduce the size of the
JSON object in cases where columns are NULL without really reducing the
information in the JSON object.

This also makes row_to_json into a single function with default values,
rather than having multiple functions.  In passing, change array_to_json
to also be a single function with default values (we don't add an
'ignore_nulls' option yet- it's not clear that there is a sensible
use-case there, and it hasn't been asked for in any case).

Pavel Stehule
2014-09-11 21:23:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 36ad1a87a3 Implement mxid_age() to compute multi-xid age
Report by Josh Berkus
2014-09-10 17:13:04 -04:00
Tom Lane e80252d424 Add width_bucket(anyelement, anyarray).
This provides a convenient method of classifying input values into buckets
that are not necessarily equal-width.  It works on any sortable data type.

The choice of function name is a bit debatable, perhaps, but showing that
there's a relationship to the SQL standard's width_bucket() function seems
more attractive than the other proposals.

Petr Jelinek, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2014-09-09 15:34:14 -04:00
Andres Freund 5a64cb740d Fix s/pluggins/plugins/ typo in two comments.
Michael Paquier
2014-09-01 12:01:29 +02:00
Bruce Momjian d5d7d07765 Again update C comments for pg_attribute.attislocal 2014-08-30 10:25:11 -04:00
Bruce Momjian c6eaa880ee Update C comment for pg_attribute.attislocal
Indicates if column has ever been local/non-inherited
2014-08-29 19:01:04 -04:00
Tom Lane 6c40f8316e Add min and max aggregates for inet/cidr data types.
Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by Muhammad Asif Naeem
2014-08-28 22:37:58 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 73fe87503f rename macro isTempOrToastNamespace to isTempOrTempToastNamespace
Done for clarity
2014-08-25 21:28:19 -04:00
Tom Lane e3f9c16838 Fix bogus commutator/negator links for JSONB containment operators.
<@ and @> are each other's commutators, but they were incorrectly marked
as being each other's negators instead.  (This was actually questioned
in a comment in the original commit, but nobody followed through :-(.)
Per bug #11178 from Christian Pronovost.

In passing, fix some JSONB operator descriptions that were randomly
different from the phrasing of every other similar description.

catversion bump for pg_catalog contents change.
2014-08-16 12:53:54 -04:00
Robert Haas b34e37bfef Add sortsupport routines for text.
This provides a small but worthwhile speedup when sorting text, at least
in cases to which the sortsupport machinery applies.

Robert Haas and Peter Geoghegan
2014-08-14 12:09:52 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 4c6780fd17 pg_upgrade: prevent oid conflicts with new-cluster TOAST tables
Previously, TOAST tables only required in the new cluster could cause
oid conflicts if they were auto-numbered and a later conflicting oid had
to be assigned.

Backpatch through 9.3
2014-08-07 14:56:13 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 0f43a55331 json_build_object and json_build_array are stable, not immutable.
These functions indirectly invoke output functions, so they can't be
immutable.

Backpatch to 9.4 where they were introduced.

Catalog version bumped.
2014-07-15 14:24:47 -04:00
Andres Freund a36a8fa376 Rename logical decoding's pg_llog directory to pg_logical.
The old name wasn't very descriptive as of actual contents of the
directory, which are historical snapshots in the snapshots/
subdirectory and mappingdata for rewritten tuples in
mappings/. There's been a fair amount of discussion what would be a
good name. I'm settling for pg_logical because it's likely that
further data around logical decoding and replication will need saving
in the future.

Also add the missing entry for the directory into storage.sgml's list
of PGDATA contents.

Bumps catversion as the data directories won't be compatible.
2014-07-02 21:07:47 +02:00
Tom Lane a749a23d7a Remove use_json_as_text options from json_to_record/json_populate_record.
The "false" case was really quite useless since all it did was to throw
an error; a definition not helped in the least by making it the default.
Instead let's just have the "true" case, which emits nested objects and
arrays in JSON syntax.  We might later want to provide the ability to
emit sub-objects in Postgres record or array syntax, but we'd be best off
to drive that off a check of the target field datatype, not a separate
argument.

For the functions newly added in 9.4, we can just remove the flag arguments
outright.  We can't do that for json_populate_record[set], which already
existed in 9.3, but we can ignore the argument and always behave as if it
were "true".  It helps that the flag arguments were optional and not
documented in any useful fashion anyway.
2014-06-29 13:50:58 -04:00
Tom Lane f71136eeeb Get rid of bogus separate pg_proc entries for json_extract_path operators.
These should not have existed to begin with, but there was apparently some
misunderstanding of the purpose of the opr_sanity regression test item
that checks for operator implementation functions with their own comments.
The idea there is to check for unintentional violations of the rule that
operator implementation functions shouldn't be documented separately
.... but for these functions, that is in fact what we want, since the
variadic option is useful and not accessible via the operator syntax.
Get rid of the extra pg_proc entries and fix the regression test and
documentation to be explicit about what we're doing here.
2014-06-26 16:22:15 -07:00
Tom Lane 8b38a538c0 Add Asserts to verify that catalog cache keys are unique and not null.
The catcache code is effectively assuming this already, so let's insist
that the catalog and index are actually declared that way.

Having done that, the comments in indexing.h about non-unique indexes
not being used for catcaches are completely redundant not just mostly so;
and we didn't have such a comment for every such index anyway.  So let's
get rid of them.

Per discussion of whether we should identify primary keys for catalogs.
We might or might not take that further step, but this change in itself
will allow quicker detection of misdeclared catcaches, so it seems worth
doing in any case.
2014-06-20 18:21:05 -04:00
Tom Lane 8f889b1083 Implement UPDATE tab SET (col1,col2,...) = (SELECT ...), ...
This SQL-standard feature allows a sub-SELECT yielding multiple columns
(but only one row) to be used to compute the new values of several columns
to be updated.  While the same results can be had with an independent
sub-SELECT per column, such a workaround can require a great deal of
duplicated computation.

The standard actually says that the source for a multi-column assignment
could be any row-valued expression.  The implementation used here is
tightly tied to our existing sub-SELECT support and can't handle other
cases; the Bison grammar would have some issues with them too.  However,
I don't feel too bad about this since other cases can be converted into
sub-SELECTs.  For instance, "SET (a,b,c) = row_valued_function(x)" could
be written "SET (a,b,c) = (SELECT * FROM row_valued_function(x))".
2014-06-18 13:22:34 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 0ef0b6784c Change the signature of rm_desc so that it's passed a XLogRecord.
Just feels more natural, and is more consistent with rm_redo.
2014-06-14 10:46:48 +03:00
Tom Lane 154146d208 Rename lo_create(oid, bytea) to lo_from_bytea().
The previous naming broke the query that libpq's lo_initialize() uses
to collect the OIDs of the server-side functions it requires, because
that query effectively assumes that there is only one function named
lo_create in the pg_catalog schema (and likewise only one lo_open, etc).

While we should certainly make libpq more robust about this, the naive
query will remain in use in the field for the foreseeable future, so it
seems the only workable choice is to use a different name for the new
function.  lo_from_bytea() won a small straw poll.

Back-patch into 9.4 where the new function was introduced.
2014-06-12 15:39:09 -04:00
Tom Lane 5f93c37805 Add defenses against running with a wrong selection of LOBLKSIZE.
It's critical that the backend's idea of LOBLKSIZE match the way data has
actually been divided up in pg_largeobject.  While we don't provide any
direct way to adjust that value, doing so is a one-line source code change
and various people have expressed interest recently in changing it.  So,
just as with TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE, it seems prudent to record the value in
pg_control and cross-check that the backend's compiled-in setting matches
the on-disk data.

Also tweak the code in inv_api.c so that fetches from pg_largeobject
explicitly verify that the length of the data field is not more than
LOBLKSIZE.  Formerly we just had Asserts() for that, which is no protection
at all in production builds.  In some of the call sites an overlength data
value would translate directly to a security-relevant stack clobber, so it
seems worth one extra runtime comparison to be sure.

In the back branches, we can't change the contents of pg_control; but we
can still make the extra checks in inv_api.c, which will offer some amount
of protection against running with the wrong value of LOBLKSIZE.
2014-06-05 11:31:06 -04:00
Andres Freund f0c108560b Consistently spell a replication slot's name as slot_name.
Previously there's been a mix between 'slotname' and 'slot_name'. It's
not nice to be unneccessarily inconsistent in a new feature. As a post
beta1 initdb now is required in the wake of eeca4cd35e, fix the
inconsistencies.
Most the changes won't affect usage of replication slots because the
majority of changes is around function parameter names. The prominent
exception to that is that the recovery.conf parameter
'primary_slotname' is now named 'primary_slot_name'.
2014-06-05 16:29:20 +02:00
Tom Lane 4c8ab1b91d Add btree and hash opclasses for pg_lsn.
This is needed to allow ORDER BY, DISTINCT, etc to work as expected for
pg_lsn values.

We had previously decided to put this off for 9.5, but in view of commit
eeca4cd35e there's no reason to avoid a
catversion bump for 9.4beta2, and this does make a pretty significant
usability difference for pg_lsn.

Michael Paquier, with fixes from Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2014-06-04 20:45:56 -04:00
Tom Lane eeca4cd35e Bump PG_CONTROL_VERSION for previous 9.4 changes.
This should have been done in 6bc8ef0b7f
and/or 50e547096c, but better late than
never.  If we don't change this then we risk 9.3 pg_controldata or
pg_resetxlog being inappropriately used against a 9.4 pg_control file,
or vice versa.
2014-06-04 18:16:17 -04:00
Tom Lane ec3357a3bc pg_lsn should not be marked typispreferred.
In general it's not a good idea for built-in types in the 'U' category
to be marked preferred; they could draw behavior away from user-defined
types with similarly-named operators.  pg_lsn is probably at low risk
of that right now given the lack of casts between it and other types,
but that doesn't make this marking OK.

Ordinarily we'd bump catversion when changing any predefined catalog
contents like this, but since we're past beta1, the costs of a forced
initdb seem to outweigh the benefits of guaranteed behavioral consistency.
There's not any known behavioral impact today anyway --- this is more
in the nature of being sure there's not problems in future.

Per an off-list complaint from Thomas Fanghaenel.
2014-05-28 00:26:46 -04:00
Tom Lane 12e611d43e Rename jsonb_hash_ops to jsonb_path_ops.
There's no longer much pressure to switch the default GIN opclass for
jsonb, but there was still some unhappiness with the name "jsonb_hash_ops",
since hashing is no longer a distinguishing property of that opclass,
and anyway it seems like a relatively minor detail.  At the suggestion of
Heikki Linnakangas, we'll use "jsonb_path_ops" instead; that captures the
important characteristic that each index entry depends on the entire path
from the document root to the indexed value.

Also add a user-facing explanation of the implementation properties of
these two opclasses.
2014-05-11 12:06:04 -04:00
Tom Lane bdf9dd4db7 Fix typcategory labeling of jsonb.
Dunno who had the cute idea of labeling jsonb as typcategory 'C',
but it is not a composite type.  Label it 'U', since that's what
json is using.
2014-05-09 09:25:58 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas d9daff0e0c More jsonb cleanup.
Fix JSONB_MAX_ELEMS and JSONB_MAX_PAIRS macros to use CB_MASK in the
calculation. JENTRY_POSMASK happens to have the same value at the moment,
but that's just coincidental.

Refactor jsonb iterator functions, for readability.

Get rid of the JENTRY_ISFIRST flag. Whenever we handle JEntrys, we have
access to the whole array and have enough context information to know
which entry is the first. This frees up one bit in the JEntry header for
future use. While we're at it, shuffle the JEntry bits so that boolean
true and false go together, for aesthetic reasons.

Bump catalog version as this changes the on-disk format slightly.
2014-05-09 15:55:56 +03:00
Tom Lane 46dddf7673 Improve key representation for GIN jsonb_ops, and fix existence-search bug.
Change the key representation so that values that would exceed 127 bytes
are hashed into short strings, and so that the original JSON datatype of
each value is recorded in the index.  The hashing rule eliminates the major
objection to having this opclass be the default for jsonb, namely that it
could fail for plausible input data (due to GIN's restrictions on maximum
key length).  Preserving datatype information doesn't really buy us much
right now, but it requires no extra space compared to the previous way,
and it might be useful later.

Also, change the consistency-checking functions to request recheck for
exists (jsonb ? text) and related operators.  The original analysis that
this is an exactly checkable query was incorrect, since the index does
not preserve information about whether a key appears at top level in
the indexed JSON object.  Add a test case demonstrating the problem.

Make some other, mostly cosmetic improvements to the code in jsonb_gin.c
as well.

catversion bump due to on-disk data format change in jsonb_ops indexes.
2014-05-09 08:41:26 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 0a78320057 pgindent run for 9.4
This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was
applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 12:12:18 -04:00
Tom Lane 3727afafee Fix pg_type.typlen for newly-revived line type.
Commit 261c7d4b65 removed the "m" field
from struct LINE, but neglected to make pg_type.h's idea of the type's
size match.  This resulted in reading past the end of palloc'd LINE
values when inserting them into tuples etc.  In principle that could
cause a SIGSEGV, though the odds of detectable problems seem low.

Bump catversion since this makes an incompatible on-disk format change.
Note that if the line type had been in use in the field, this would
break pg_upgrade'ability of databases containing line values; but
it seems unlikely that there are any (they'd have had to be compiled
with -DENABLE_LINE_TYPE).

Spotted by Andres Freund.
2014-05-05 13:37:54 -04:00
Tom Lane 2d00190495 Rationalize common/relpath.[hc].
Commit a730183926 created rather a mess by
putting dependencies on backend-only include files into include/common.
We really shouldn't do that.  To clean it up:

* Move TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY back to its longtime home in
catalog/catalog.h.  We won't consider this symbol part of the FE/BE API.

* Push enum ForkNumber from relfilenode.h into relpath.h.  We'll consider
relpath.h as the source of truth for fork numbers, since relpath.c was
already partially serving that function, and anyway relfilenode.h was
kind of a random place for that enum.

* So, relfilenode.h now includes relpath.h rather than vice-versa.  This
direction of dependency is fine.  (That allows most, but not quite all,
of the existing explicit #includes of relpath.h to go away again.)

* Push forkname_to_number from catalog.c to relpath.c, just to centralize
fork number stuff a bit better.

* Push GetDatabasePath from catalog.c to relpath.c; it was rather odd
that the previous commit didn't keep this together with relpath().

* To avoid needing relfilenode.h in common/, redefine the underlying
function (now called GetRelationPath) as taking separate OID arguments,
and make the APIs using RelFileNode or RelFileNodeBackend into macro
wrappers.  (The macros have a potential multiple-eval risk, but none of
the existing call sites have an issue with that; one of them had such a
risk already anyway.)

* Fix failure to follow the directions when "init" fork type was added;
specifically, the errhint in forkname_to_number wasn't updated, and neither
was the SGML documentation for pg_relation_size().

* Fix tablespace-path-too-long check in CreateTableSpace() to account for
fork-name component of maximum-length pathnames.  This requires putting
FORKNAMECHARS into a header file, but it was rather useless (and
actually unreferenced) where it was.

The last couple of items are potentially back-patchable bug fixes,
if anyone is sufficiently excited about them; but personally I'm not.

Per a gripe from Christoph Berg about how include/common wasn't
self-contained.
2014-04-30 17:30:50 -04:00
Tom Lane a0f9358149 Fix incorrect pg_proc.proallargtypes entries for two built-in functions.
pg_sequence_parameters() and pg_identify_object() have had incorrect
proallargtypes entries since 9.1 and 9.3 respectively.  This was mostly
masked by the correct information in proargtypes, but a few operations
such as pg_get_function_arguments() (and thus psql's \df display) would
show the wrong data types for these functions' input parameters.

In HEAD, fix the wrong info, bump catversion, and add an opr_sanity
regression test to catch future mistakes of this sort.

In the back branches, just fix the wrong info so that installations
initdb'd with future minor releases will have the right data.  We
can't force an initdb, and it doesn't seem like a good idea to add
a regression test that will fail on existing installations.

Andres Freund
2014-04-23 21:21:05 -04:00
Tom Lane f0fedfe82c Allow polymorphic aggregates to have non-polymorphic state data types.
Before 9.4, such an aggregate couldn't be declared, because its final
function would have to have polymorphic result type but no polymorphic
argument, which CREATE FUNCTION would quite properly reject.  The
ordered-set-aggregate patch found a workaround: allow the final function
to be declared as accepting additional dummy arguments that have types
matching the aggregate's regular input arguments.  However, we failed
to notice that this problem applies just as much to regular aggregates,
despite the fact that we had a built-in regular aggregate array_agg()
that was known to be undeclarable in SQL because its final function
had an illegal signature.  So what we should have done, and what this
patch does, is to decouple the extra-dummy-arguments behavior from
ordered-set aggregates and make it generally available for all aggregate
declarations.  We have to put this into 9.4 rather than waiting till
later because it slightly alters the rules for declaring ordered-set
aggregates.

The patch turned out a bit bigger than I'd hoped because it proved
necessary to record the extra-arguments option in a new pg_aggregate
column.  I'd thought we could just look at the final function's pronargs
at runtime, but that didn't work well for variadic final functions.
It's probably just as well though, because it simplifies life for pg_dump
to record the option explicitly.

While at it, fix array_agg() to have a valid final-function signature,
and add an opr_sanity test to notice future deviations from polymorphic
consistency.  I also marked the percentile_cont() aggregates as not
needing extra arguments, since they don't.
2014-04-23 19:17:41 -04:00
Robert Haas dfc0219f64 Add to_regprocedure() and to_regoperator().
These are natural complements to the functions added by commit
0886fc6a5c, but they weren't included
in the original patch for some reason.  Add them.

Patch by me, per a complaint by Tom Lane.  Review by Tatsuo
Ishii.
2014-04-16 12:21:43 -04:00
Tom Lane d95425c8b9 Provide moving-aggregate support for boolean aggregates.
David Rowley and Florian Pflug, reviewed by Dean Rasheed
2014-04-13 00:01:46 -04:00
Tom Lane 9d229f399e Provide moving-aggregate support for a bunch of numerical aggregates.
First installment of the promised moving-aggregate support in built-in
aggregates: count(), sum(), avg(), stddev() and variance() for
assorted datatypes, though not for float4/float8.

In passing, remove a 2001-vintage kluge in interval_accum(): interval
array elements have been properly aligned since around 2003, but
nobody remembered to take out this workaround.  Also, fix a thinko
in the opr_sanity tests for moving-aggregate catalog entries.

David Rowley and Florian Pflug, reviewed by Dean Rasheed
2014-04-12 20:33:09 -04:00
Tom Lane a9d9acbf21 Create infrastructure for moving-aggregate optimization.
Until now, when executing an aggregate function as a window function
within a window with moving frame start (that is, any frame start mode
except UNBOUNDED PRECEDING), we had to recalculate the aggregate from
scratch each time the frame head moved.  This patch allows an aggregate
definition to include an alternate "moving aggregate" implementation
that includes an inverse transition function for removing rows from
the aggregate's running state.  As long as this can be done successfully,
runtime is proportional to the total number of input rows, rather than
to the number of input rows times the average frame length.

This commit includes the core infrastructure, documentation, and regression
tests using user-defined aggregates.  Follow-on commits will update some
of the built-in aggregates to use this feature.

David Rowley and Florian Pflug, reviewed by Dean Rasheed; additional
hacking by me
2014-04-12 12:03:30 -04:00
Tom Lane f23a5630eb Add an in-core GiST index opclass for inet/cidr types.
This operator class can accelerate subnet/supernet tests as well as
btree-equivalent ordered comparisons.  It also handles a new network
operator inet && inet (overlaps, a/k/a "is supernet or subnet of"),
which is expected to be useful in exclusion constraints.

Ideally this opclass would be the default for GiST with inet/cidr data,
but we can't mark it that way until we figure out how to do a more or
less graceful transition from the current situation, in which the
really-completely-bogus inet/cidr opclasses in contrib/btree_gist are
marked as default.  Having the opclass in core and not default is better
than not having it at all, though.

While at it, add new documentation sections to allow us to officially
document GiST/GIN/SP-GiST opclasses, something there was never a clear
place to do before.  I filled these in with some simple tables listing
the existing opclasses and the operators they support, but there's
certainly scope to put more information there.

Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by Andreas Karlsson, further hacking by me
2014-04-08 15:46:43 -04:00
Robert Haas 0886fc6a5c Add new to_reg* functions for error-free OID lookups.
These functions won't throw an error if the object doesn't exist,
or if (for functions and operators) there's more than one matching
object.

Yugo Nagata and Nozomi Anzai, reviewed by Amit Khandekar, Marti
Raudsepp, Amit Kapila, and me.
2014-04-08 10:27:56 -04:00
Simon Riggs e5550d5fec Reduce lock levels of some ALTER TABLE cmds
VALIDATE CONSTRAINT

CLUSTER ON
SET WITHOUT CLUSTER

ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS
ALTER COLUMN SET ()
ALTER COLUMN RESET ()

All other sub-commands use AccessExclusiveLock

Simon Riggs and Noah Misch

Reviews by Robert Haas and Andres Freund
2014-04-06 11:13:43 -04:00
Robert Haas 59202fae04 Fix some compiler warnings that clang emits with -pedantic.
Andres Freund
2014-04-04 11:29:50 -04:00
Tom Lane c7b3539599 Fix non-equivalence of VARIADIC and non-VARIADIC function call formats.
For variadic functions (other than VARIADIC ANY), the syntaxes foo(x,y,...)
and foo(VARIADIC ARRAY[x,y,...]) should be considered equivalent, since the
former is converted to the latter at parse time.  They have indeed been
equivalent, in all releases before 9.3.  However, commit 75b39e790 made an
ill-considered decision to record which syntax had been used in FuncExpr
nodes, and then to make equal() test that in checking node equality ---
which caused the syntaxes to not be seen as equivalent by the planner.
This is the underlying cause of bug #9817 from Dmitry Ryabov.

It might seem that a quick fix would be to make equal() disregard
FuncExpr.funcvariadic, but the same commit made that untenable, because
the field actually *is* semantically significant for some VARIADIC ANY
functions.  This patch instead adopts the approach of redefining
funcvariadic (and aggvariadic, in HEAD) as meaning that the last argument
is a variadic array, whether it got that way by parser intervention or was
supplied explicitly by the user.  Therefore the value will always be true
for non-ANY variadic functions, restoring the principle of equivalence.
(However, the planner will continue to consider use of VARIADIC as a
meaningful difference for VARIADIC ANY functions, even though some such
functions might disregard it.)

In HEAD, this change lets us simplify the decompilation logic in
ruleutils.c, since the funcvariadic/aggvariadic flag tells directly whether
to print VARIADIC.  However, in 9.3 we have to continue to cope with
existing stored rules/views that might contain the previous definition.
Fortunately, this just means no change in ruleutils.c, since its existing
behavior effectively ignores funcvariadic for all cases other than VARIADIC
ANY functions.

In HEAD, bump catversion to reflect the fact that FuncExpr.funcvariadic
changed meanings; this is sort of pro forma, since I don't believe any
built-in views are affected.

Unfortunately, this patch doesn't magically fix everything for affected
9.3 users.  After installing 9.3.5, they might need to recreate their
rules/views/indexes containing variadic function calls in order to get
everything consistent with the new definition.  As in the cited bug,
the symptom of a problem would be failure to use a nominally matching
index that has a variadic function call in its definition.  We'll need
to mention this in the 9.3.5 release notes.
2014-04-03 22:02:24 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan f9c6d72cbf Cleanup around json_to_record/json_to_recordset
Set function parameter names and defaults. Add jsonb versions (which the
code already provided for so the actual new code is trivial). Add jsonb
regression tests and docs.

Bump catalog version (which I apparently forgot to do when jsonb was
committed).
2014-03-26 10:18:24 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan d9134d0a35 Introduce jsonb, a structured format for storing json.
The new format accepts exactly the same data as the json type. However, it is
stored in a format that does not require reparsing the orgiginal text in order
to process it, making it much more suitable for indexing and other operations.
Insignificant whitespace is discarded, and the order of object keys is not
preserved. Neither are duplicate object keys kept - the later value for a given
key is the only one stored.

The new type has all the functions and operators that the json type has,
with the exception of the json generation functions (to_json, json_agg etc.)
and with identical semantics. In addition, there are operator classes for
hash and btree indexing, and two classes for GIN indexing, that have no
equivalent in the json type.

This feature grew out of previous work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, which
was intended to provide similar facilities to a nested hstore type, but which
in the end proved to have some significant compatibility issues.

Authors: Oleg Bartunov,  Teodor Sigaev, Peter Geoghegan and Andrew Dunstan.
Review: Andres Freund
2014-03-23 16:40:19 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas c5608ea26a Allow opclasses to provide tri-valued GIN consistent functions.
With the GIN "fast scan" feature, GIN can skip items without fetching all
the keys for them, if it can prove that they don't match regardless of
those keys. So far, it has done the proving by calling the boolean
consistent function with all combinations of TRUE/FALSE for the unfetched
keys, but since that's O(n^2), it becomes unfeasible with more than a few
keys. We can avoid calling consistent with all the combinations, if we can
tell the operator class implementation directly which keys are unknown.

This commit includes a triConsistent function for the built-in array and
tsvector opclasses.

Alexander Korotkov, with some changes by me.
2014-03-12 17:51:30 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 84df54b22e Constructors for interval, timestamp, timestamptz
Author: Pavel Stěhule, editorialized somewhat by Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Tomáš Vondra, Marko Tiikkaja
With input from Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Jim Nasby
2014-03-04 15:09:43 -03:00
Robert Haas b89e151054 Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables.  The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included.  To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.

Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.

Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 16:32:18 -05:00
Robert Haas a8e9b86b5e Bump catversion.
The previous patch should have entailed a catversion bump, but I
forgot.
2014-03-03 07:22:20 -05:00
Robert Haas d83ee62231 Corrections to replication slots code and documentation.
Andres Freund, per a report from Vik Faering
2014-03-03 07:16:54 -05:00
Robert Haas ae95f5f74a Define LSNOID in pg_type.h.
Most other built-in types have a similarly-named constant, so this
type should probably have one, too.

Michael Paquier
2014-03-03 07:03:41 -05:00
Robert Haas dd1a3bccca Show xid and xmin in pg_stat_activity and pg_stat_replication.
Christian Kruse, reviewed by Andres Freund and myself, with further
minor adjustments by me.
2014-02-25 12:34:04 -05:00
Robert Haas 6615e77439 Use pg_lsn data type in pg_stat_replication, too.
Michael Paquier, per a suggestion from Andres Freund
2014-02-24 10:38:45 -05:00
Robert Haas 6f289c2b7d Switch various builtin functions to use pg_lsn instead of text.
The functions in slotfuncs.c don't exist in any released version,
but the changes to xlogfuncs.c represent backward-incompatibilities.
Per discussion, we're hoping that the queries using these functions
are few enough and simple enough that this won't cause too much
breakage for users.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by Andres Freund and further modified
by me.
2014-02-19 11:37:43 -05:00
Robert Haas 694e3d139a Further code review for pg_lsn data type.
Change input function error messages to be more consistent with what is
done elsewhere.  Remove a bunch of redundant type casts, so that the
compiler will warn us if we screw up.  Don't pass LSNs by value on
platforms where a Datum is only 32 bytes, per buildfarm.  Move macros
for packing and unpacking LSNs to pg_lsn.h so that we can include
access/xlogdefs.h, to avoid an unsatisfied dependency on XLogRecPtr.
2014-02-19 10:06:59 -05:00
Robert Haas 7d03a83f4d Add a pg_lsn data type, to represent an LSN.
Robert Haas and Michael Paquier
2014-02-19 08:35:23 -05:00
Robert Haas 5f173040e3 Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL.
If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent
activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table
than other parts.  At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be
used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a
different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege
escalation attack.

This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger,
transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible
(in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older).  In addition,
CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling
convention is changed in older branches.  A field has also been added
to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4).  Third-party code calling
these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating.

Report by Andres Freund.  Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund,
reviewed by Tom Lane.

Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 09:33:31 -05:00
Robert Haas 80353f3528 Adjust pg_sleep_for/pg_sleep_until to use clock_timestamp.
Otherwise, pg_sleep_until does the wrong thing in a multi-statement
transaction.

Julien Rouhaud
2014-02-03 14:33:43 -05:00
Robert Haas 858ec11858 Introduce replication slots.
Replication slots are a crash-safe data structure which can be created
on either a master or a standby to prevent premature removal of
write-ahead log segments needed by a standby, as well as (with
hot_standby_feedback=on) pruning of tuples whose removal would cause
replication conflicts.  Slots have some advantages over existing
techniques, as explained in the documentation.

In a few places, we refer to the type of replication slots introduced
by this patch as "physical" slots, because forthcoming patches for
logical decoding will also have slots, but with somewhat different
properties.

Andres Freund and Robert Haas
2014-01-31 22:45:36 -05:00
Bruce Momjian fc4ffba968 system catalogs: reorder pg_amproc entries into proper sections
Report form Antonin Houska
2014-01-31 16:04:18 -05:00
Robert Haas 760c770ff6 Add convenience functions pg_sleep_for and pg_sleep_until.
Vik Fearing, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and myself
2014-01-30 15:47:56 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 5e52e9d6d4 Forgot to bump catalog version for json_array_elements_text. 2014-01-29 16:38:31 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 5264d91541 Add json_array_elements_text function.
This was a notable omission from the json functions added in 9.3 and
there have been numerous complaints about its absence.

Laurence Rowe.
2014-01-29 15:39:01 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 105639900b New json functions.
json_build_array() and json_build_object allow for the construction of
arbitrarily complex json trees. json_object() turns a one or two
dimensional array, or two separate arrays, into a json_object of
name/value pairs, similarly to the hstore() function.
json_object_agg() aggregates its two arguments into a single json object
as name value pairs.

Catalog version bumped.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja.
2014-01-28 17:48:21 -05:00
Fujii Masao 9132b189bf Add pg_stat_archiver statistics view.
This view shows the statistics about the WAL archiver process's activity.

Gabriele Bartolini, reviewed by Michael Paquier, refactored a bit by me.
2014-01-29 02:58:22 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera b152c6cd0d Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail
Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE
that the object was being skipped.  This makes it more difficult to
cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing
objects properly.

Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large
number of users.

Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed.  Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 14:40:29 -03:00
Robert Haas 01f7808b3e Add a cardinality function for arrays.
Unlike our other array functions, this considers the total number of
elements across all dimensions, and returns 0 rather than NULL when the
array has no elements.  But it seems that both of those behaviors are
almost universally disliked, so hopefully that's OK.

Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Dean Rasheed and Pavel Stehule
2014-01-21 12:38:53 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 11829ff8b2 Remove DESCR entries for json operator functions.
Per -hackers discussion.
2014-01-10 22:25:04 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 7e04792a1c Update copyright for 2014
Update all files in head, and files COPYRIGHT and legal.sgml in all back
branches.
2014-01-07 16:05:30 -05:00
Tom Lane 8b49a6044d Cache catalog lookup data across groups in ordered-set aggregates.
The initial commit of ordered-set aggregates just did all the setup work
afresh each time the aggregate function is started up.  But in a GROUP BY
query, the catalog lookups need not be repeated for each group, since the
column datatypes and sort information won't change.  When there are many
small groups, this makes for a useful, though not huge, performance
improvement.  Per suggestion from Andrew Gierth.

Profiling of these cases suggests that it might be profitable to avoid
duplicate lookups within tuplesort startup as well; but changing the
tuplesort APIs would have much broader impact, so I left that for
another day.
2014-01-05 12:28:39 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut a09e3fd776 Fix whitespace 2013-12-26 23:51:56 -05:00
Tom Lane 8d65da1f01 Support ordered-set (WITHIN GROUP) aggregates.
This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set
aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in
SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(),
percent_rank(), cume_dist()).  We also added mode() though it is not in the
spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that
can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data.

Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting
process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions.  To allow the
support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API
function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c.  This allows retrieval of
the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the
immediate need.  There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to
install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that
infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up.

In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic
aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER
additions for aggregates.  Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by
allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT.
It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types
but not these.

Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing,
and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
2013-12-23 16:11:35 -05:00
Fujii Masao 961bf59fb7 Rename wal_log_hintbits to wal_log_hints, per discussion on pgsql-hackers.
Sawada Masahiko
2013-12-21 03:33:16 +09:00
Bruce Momjian 527fdd9df1 Move pg_upgrade_support global variables to their own include file
Previously their declarations were spread around to avoid accidental
access.
2013-12-19 16:10:07 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 50e547096c Add GUC to enable WAL-logging of hint bits, even with checksums disabled.
WAL records of hint bit updates is useful to tools that want to examine
which pages have been modified. In particular, this is required to make
the pg_rewind tool safe (without checksums).

This can also be used to test how much extra WAL-logging would occur if
you enabled checksums, without actually enabling them (which you can't
currently do without re-initdb'ing).

Sawada Masahiko, docs by Samrat Revagade. Reviewed by Dilip Kumar, with
further changes by me.
2013-12-13 16:26:14 +02:00
Robert Haas 8e18d04d4d Refine our definition of what constitutes a system relation.
Although user-defined relations can't be directly created in
pg_catalog, it's possible for them to end up there, because you can
create them in some other schema and then use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA
to move them there.  Previously, such relations couldn't afterwards
be manipulated, because IsSystemRelation()/IsSystemClass() rejected
all attempts to modify objects in the pg_catalog schema, regardless
of their origin.  With this patch, they now reject only those
objects in pg_catalog which were created at initdb-time, allowing
most operations on user-created tables in pg_catalog to proceed
normally.

This patch also adds new functions IsCatalogRelation() and
IsCatalogClass(), which is similar to IsSystemRelation() and
IsSystemClass() but with a slightly narrower definition: only TOAST
tables of system catalogs are included, rather than *all* TOAST tables.
This is currently used only for making decisions about when
invalidation messages need to be sent, but upcoming logical decoding
patches will find other uses for this information.

Andres Freund, with some modifications by me.
2013-11-28 20:57:20 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 85ed91ee7d Implement information_schema.parameters.parameter_default column
Reviewed-by: Ali Dar <ali.munir.dar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Khandekar <amit.khandekar@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Rodolfo Campero <rodolfo.campero@anachronics.com>
2013-11-26 23:21:35 -05:00
Tom Lane 45e02e3232 Fix array slicing of int2vector and oidvector values.
The previous coding labeled expressions such as pg_index.indkey[1:3] as
being of int2vector type; which is not right because the subscript bounds
of such a result don't, in general, satisfy the restrictions of int2vector.
To fix, implicitly promote the result of slicing int2vector to int2[],
or oidvector to oid[].  This is similar to what we've done with domains
over arrays, which is a good analogy because these types are very much
like restricted domains of the corresponding regular-array types.

A side-effect is that we now also forbid array-element updates on such
columns, eg while "update pg_index set indkey[4] = 42" would have worked
before if you were superuser (and corrupted your catalogs irretrievably,
no doubt) it's now disallowed.  This seems like a good thing since, again,
some choices of subscripting would've led to results not satisfying the
restrictions of int2vector.  The case of an array-slice update was
rejected before, though with a different error message than you get now.
We could make these cases work in future if we added a cast from int2[]
to int2vector (with a cast function checking the subscript restrictions)
but it seems unlikely that there's any value in that.

Per report from Ronan Dunklau.  Back-patch to all supported branches
because of the crash risks involved.
2013-11-23 20:03:56 -05:00
Tom Lane 784e762e88 Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions.
This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...)
as a single FROM-clause entry.  The result is the concatenation of the
first row from each function, followed by the second row from each
function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than
others.  This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what
Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list.

This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column
definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list
inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality
column as well.

Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning
UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)).

The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not
multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is
not what this patch does.  There may be something wrong with that reading
of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just
a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST().  After further review of
that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does,
but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile.

Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and
significantly revised by me
2013-11-21 19:37:20 -05:00
Tom Lane f901bb50e3 Add make_date() and make_time() functions.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Jeevan Chalke and Atri Sharma
2013-11-17 15:06:50 -05:00
Tom Lane 69c8fbac20 Improve performance of numeric sum(), avg(), stddev(), variance(), etc.
This patch improves performance of most built-in aggregates that formerly
used a NUMERIC or NUMERIC array as their transition type; this includes
not only aggregates on numeric inputs, but some aggregates on integer
inputs where overflow of an int8 value is a possibility.  The code now
uses a special-purpose data structure to avoid array construction and
deconstruction overhead, as well as packing and unpacking overhead for
numeric values.

These aggregates' transition type is now declared as INTERNAL, since
it doesn't correspond to any SQL data type.  To keep the planner from
thinking that that means a lot of storage will be used, we make use
of the just-added pg_aggregate.aggtransspace feature.  The space estimate
is set to 128 bytes, which is at least in the right ballpark.

Hadi Moshayedi, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Tomas Vondra
2013-11-16 18:46:34 -05:00
Tom Lane 6cb86143e8 Allow aggregates to provide estimates of their transition state data size.
Formerly the planner had a hard-wired rule of thumb for guessing the amount
of space consumed by an aggregate function's transition state data.  This
estimate is critical to deciding whether it's OK to use hash aggregation,
and in many situations the built-in estimate isn't very good.  This patch
adds a column to pg_aggregate wherein a per-aggregate estimate can be
provided, overriding the planner's default, and infrastructure for setting
the column via CREATE AGGREGATE.

It may be that additional smarts will be required in future, perhaps even
a per-aggregate estimation function.  But this is already a step forward.

This is extracted from a larger patch to improve the performance of numeric
and int8 aggregates.  I (tgl) thought it was worth reviewing and committing
this infrastructure separately.  In this commit, all built-in aggregates
are given aggtransspace = 0, so no behavior should change.

Hadi Moshayedi, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Tomas Vondra
2013-11-16 16:03:40 -05:00
Robert Haas 07cacba983 Add the notion of REPLICA IDENTITY for a table.
Pending patches for logical replication will use this to determine
which columns of a tuple ought to be considered as its candidate key.

Andres Freund, with minor, mostly cosmetic adjustments by me
2013-11-08 12:30:43 -05:00
Noah Misch c50b7c09d8 Add large object functions catering to SQL callers.
With these, one need no longer manipulate large object descriptors and
extract numeric constants from header files in order to read and write
large object contents from SQL.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Rushabh Lathia.
2013-10-27 22:56:54 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 3dc543b3d8 Replace duplicate_oids with Perl implementation
It is more portable, more robust, and more readable.

From: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
2013-10-10 20:09:42 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 4d212bac17 json_typeof function.
Andrew Tipton.
2013-10-10 12:21:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 261c7d4b65 Revive line type
Change the input/output format to {A,B,C}, to match the internal
representation.

Complete the implementations of line_in, line_out, line_recv, line_send.
Remove comments and error messages about the line type not being
implemented.  Add regression tests for existing line operators and
functions.

Reviewed-by: rui hua <365507506hua@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeevan Chalke <jeevan.chalke@enterprisedb.com>
2013-10-09 22:34:38 -04:00
Kevin Grittner f566515192 Add record_image_ops opclass for matview concurrent refresh.
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW CONCURRENTLY was broken for any matview
containing a column of a type without a default btree operator
class.  It also did not produce results consistent with a non-
concurrent REFRESH or a normal view if any column was of a type
which allowed user-visible differences between values which
compared as equal according to the type's default btree opclass.
Concurrent matview refresh was modified to use the new operators
to solve these problems.

Documentation was added for record comparison, both for the
default btree operator class for record, and the newly added
operators.  Regression tests now check for proper behavior both
for a matview with a box column and a matview containing a citext
column.

Reviewed by Steve Singer, who suggested some of the doc language.
2013-10-09 14:26:09 -05:00
Kevin Grittner 277607d600 Eliminate pg_rewrite.ev_attr column and related dead code.
Commit 95ef6a3448 removed the
ability to create rules on an individual column as of 7.3, but
left some residual code which has since been useless.  This cleans
up that dead code without any change in behavior other than
dropping the useless column from the catalog.
2013-09-05 14:03:43 -05:00